1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 case tok::kw___auto_type: 115 return true; 116 117 case tok::annot_typename: 118 case tok::kw_char16_t: 119 case tok::kw_char32_t: 120 case tok::kw_typeof: 121 case tok::annot_decltype: 122 case tok::kw_decltype: 123 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 124 125 default: 126 break; 127 } 128 129 return false; 130 } 131 132 namespace { 133 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 134 NotFound, 135 FoundNonType, 136 FoundType 137 }; 138 } // end anonymous namespace 139 140 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 141 /// dependent class. 142 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 143 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 144 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 145 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 146 SourceLocation NameLoc, 147 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 148 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 149 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 150 // Look for type decls in base classes. 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 153 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 154 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 155 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 156 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 157 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 158 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 159 // templates. 160 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 161 continue; 162 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 163 if (!TD) 164 continue; 165 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 166 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 167 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 168 continue; 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 } 171 if (BaseRD) { 172 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 173 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 174 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 175 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 176 } 177 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 178 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 179 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 180 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 181 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 break; 184 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 185 break; 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 } 190 191 return FoundTypeDecl; 192 } 193 194 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 195 const IdentifierInfo &II, 196 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 197 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 198 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 200 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 201 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 202 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 203 DC = DC->getParent()) { 204 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 205 // templates. 206 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 207 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 208 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 209 } 210 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 211 return nullptr; 212 213 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 214 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 215 // lookup during template instantiation. 216 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 217 218 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 219 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 220 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 221 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 222 223 CXXScopeSpec SS; 224 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 225 226 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 227 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 228 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 229 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 230 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 231 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 232 } 233 234 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 235 /// return the declaration of that type. 236 /// 237 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 238 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 239 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 240 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 241 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 242 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 243 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 244 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 245 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 246 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 247 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 248 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 249 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 250 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 251 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 252 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 253 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 254 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 255 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 256 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 257 258 if (!LookupCtx) { 259 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 260 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 261 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 262 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 263 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 264 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 265 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 266 // 267 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 268 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 269 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 270 return nullptr; 271 272 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 273 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 274 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 275 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 276 277 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 278 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 279 II, NameLoc); 280 return ParsedType::make(T); 281 } 282 283 return nullptr; 284 } 285 286 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 287 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 288 return nullptr; 289 } 290 291 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 292 // lookup for class-names. 293 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 294 LookupOrdinaryName; 295 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 296 if (LookupCtx) { 297 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 298 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 299 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 300 // nested-name-specifier. 301 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 302 303 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 304 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 305 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 306 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 307 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 308 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 309 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 310 LookupName(Result, S); 311 } 312 } else { 313 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 314 LookupName(Result, S); 315 316 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 317 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 318 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 319 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 320 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 321 return TypeInBase; 322 } 323 } 324 325 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 326 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 327 case LookupResult::NotFound: 328 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 329 if (CorrectedII) { 330 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 331 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 332 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 333 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 334 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 335 TemplateTy Template; 336 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 337 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 338 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 339 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 340 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 341 if (SS && NNS) { 342 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 343 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 344 } 345 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 346 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 347 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 348 // is handled elsewhere). 349 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 350 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 351 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 352 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 353 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 354 IsCtorOrDtorName, 355 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 356 if (Ty) { 357 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 358 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 359 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 360 if (SS && NNS) 361 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 362 *CorrectedII = NewII; 363 return Ty; 364 } 365 } 366 } 367 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 368 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 369 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 370 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 371 return nullptr; 372 373 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 374 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 375 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 376 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 377 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 378 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 379 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 380 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 381 return nullptr; 382 } 383 384 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 385 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 386 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 387 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 388 if (!IIDecl || 389 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 390 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 391 IIDecl = *Res; 392 } 393 } 394 395 if (!IIDecl) { 396 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 397 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 398 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 399 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 400 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 401 // a type name. 402 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 403 return nullptr; 404 } 405 406 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 407 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 408 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 409 // perform the name lookup again. 410 break; 411 412 case LookupResult::Found: 413 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 414 break; 415 } 416 417 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 418 419 QualType T; 420 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 421 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 422 423 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 424 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 425 426 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 427 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 428 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 429 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 430 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 431 // Construct a type with type-source information. 432 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 433 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 434 435 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 436 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 437 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 438 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 439 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 440 } else { 441 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 442 } 443 } 444 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 445 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 446 if (!HasTrailingDot) 447 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 448 } 449 450 if (T.isNull()) { 451 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 452 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 453 return nullptr; 454 } 455 return ParsedType::make(T); 456 } 457 458 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 459 static NestedNameSpecifier * 460 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 461 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 462 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 463 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 464 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 465 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 466 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 467 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 468 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 469 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 470 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 471 } 472 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 473 } 474 475 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 476 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 477 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 478 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 479 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 480 481 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 482 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 483 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 484 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 485 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 486 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 487 488 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 489 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 490 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 491 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 492 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 493 494 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 495 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 496 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 497 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 498 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 499 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 500 } 501 502 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 503 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 504 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 505 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 506 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 507 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 508 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 509 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 510 LookupName(R, S, false); 511 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 512 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 513 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 514 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 515 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 516 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 517 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 518 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 519 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 520 } 521 } 522 523 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 524 } 525 526 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 527 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 528 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 529 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 530 /// @code 531 /// template<class T> class A { 532 /// public: 533 /// typedef int TYPE; 534 /// }; 535 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 536 /// public: 537 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 538 /// }; 539 /// @endcode 540 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 541 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 542 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 543 return true; 544 545 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 546 547 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 548 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 549 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 550 return true; 551 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 552 } 553 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 554 } 555 556 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 557 SourceLocation IILoc, 558 Scope *S, 559 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 560 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 561 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 562 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 563 SuggestedType = nullptr; 564 565 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 566 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 567 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 568 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 569 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 570 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 571 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 572 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 573 // We corrected to a keyword. 574 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 575 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 576 } else { 577 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 578 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 579 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 580 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 581 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 582 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 583 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 584 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 585 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 586 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 587 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 588 } else { 589 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 590 } 591 592 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 593 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 594 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 595 SourceRange(IILoc)); 596 SuggestedType = 597 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 598 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 599 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 600 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 601 } 602 return; 603 } 604 605 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 606 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 607 UnqualifiedId Name; 608 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 609 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 610 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 611 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 612 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 613 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 614 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 615 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 616 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 617 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 618 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 619 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 620 } 621 return; 622 } 623 } 624 625 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 626 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 627 628 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 629 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 630 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 631 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 632 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 633 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 634 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 635 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 636 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 637 638 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 639 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 640 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 641 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 642 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 643 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 644 } else { 645 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 646 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 647 } 648 } 649 650 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 651 /// or 652 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 653 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 654 NextToken.is(tok::less); 655 656 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 657 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 658 return true; 659 660 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 661 return true; 662 } 663 664 return false; 665 } 666 667 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 668 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 669 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 670 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 671 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 672 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 673 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 674 StringRef FixItTagName; 675 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 676 case TTK_Class: 677 FixItTagName = "class "; 678 break; 679 680 case TTK_Enum: 681 FixItTagName = "enum "; 682 break; 683 684 case TTK_Struct: 685 FixItTagName = "struct "; 686 break; 687 688 case TTK_Interface: 689 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 690 break; 691 692 case TTK_Union: 693 FixItTagName = "union "; 694 break; 695 } 696 697 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 698 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 699 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 700 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 701 702 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 703 I != IEnd; ++I) 704 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 705 << Name << TagName; 706 707 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 708 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 709 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 710 return true; 711 } 712 713 return false; 714 } 715 716 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 717 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 718 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 719 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 720 721 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 722 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 723 724 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 725 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 726 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 727 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 728 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 729 } 730 731 Sema::NameClassification 732 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 733 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 734 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 735 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 736 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 737 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 738 739 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 740 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 741 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 742 } 743 744 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 745 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 746 747 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 748 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 749 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 750 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 751 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 752 return TypeInBase; 753 } 754 755 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 756 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 757 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 758 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 759 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 760 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 761 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 762 return E; 763 } 764 765 bool SecondTry = false; 766 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 767 768 Corrected: 769 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 770 case LookupResult::NotFound: 771 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 772 // call. 773 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 774 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 775 // FIXME: Reference? 776 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 777 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 778 779 // C90 6.3.2.2: 780 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 781 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 782 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 783 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 784 // the function call, the declaration 785 // 786 // extern int identifier (); 787 // 788 // appeared. 789 // 790 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 791 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 792 Result.addDecl(D); 793 Result.resolveKind(); 794 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 795 } 796 } 797 798 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 799 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 800 // "struct", or "union". 801 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 802 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 803 break; 804 } 805 806 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 807 // close to this name. 808 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 809 SecondTry = true; 810 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 811 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 812 &SS, std::move(CCC), 813 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 814 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 815 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 816 817 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 818 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr, S); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1093 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1094 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1095 return Result; 1096 } 1097 1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1099 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1100 } 1101 1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1104 /// 1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1106 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1107 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1108 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1109 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1110 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1111 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1112 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1113 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1114 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1115 // namespace. 1116 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1117 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1118 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1119 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1120 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1121 1122 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1123 1124 #ifndef NDEBUG 1125 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1126 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1127 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1128 #endif 1129 1130 CurContext = DC; 1131 S->setEntity(DC); 1132 } 1133 1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1135 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1136 1137 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1138 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1139 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1140 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1141 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1142 1143 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1144 // disappear. 1145 } 1146 1147 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1148 // We assume that the caller has already called 1149 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1150 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1151 if (!FD) 1152 return; 1153 1154 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1155 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1156 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1157 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1158 CurContext = FD; 1159 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1160 1161 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1162 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1163 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1164 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1165 S->AddDecl(Param); 1166 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1167 } 1168 } 1169 } 1170 1171 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1172 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1173 // rather than the top-level class. 1174 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1175 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1176 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1177 } 1178 1179 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1180 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1181 /// 1182 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1183 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1184 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1185 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1186 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1187 /// attribute. 1188 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1189 ASTContext &Context) { 1190 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1191 return true; 1192 1193 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1194 return true; 1195 1196 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1197 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1198 } 1199 1200 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1201 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1202 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1203 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1204 // scope. 1205 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1206 S = S->getParent(); 1207 1208 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1209 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1210 // into any context. 1211 if (AddToContext) 1212 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1213 1214 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1215 // are function-local declarations. 1216 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1217 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1218 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1219 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1220 return; 1221 1222 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1223 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1224 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1225 return; 1226 1227 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1228 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1229 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1230 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1231 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1232 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1233 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1234 1235 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1236 break; 1237 } 1238 } 1239 1240 S->AddDecl(D); 1241 1242 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1243 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1244 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1245 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1246 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1247 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1248 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1249 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1250 continue; 1251 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1252 break; 1253 } 1254 1255 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1256 } else { 1257 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1258 } 1259 } 1260 1261 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1262 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1263 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1264 } 1265 1266 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1267 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1268 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1269 } 1270 1271 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1272 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1273 do { 1274 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1275 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1276 return S; 1277 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1278 1279 return nullptr; 1280 } 1281 1282 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1283 DeclContext*, 1284 ASTContext&); 1285 1286 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1287 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1288 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1289 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1290 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1291 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1292 while (F.hasNext()) { 1293 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1294 1295 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1296 continue; 1297 1298 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1299 continue; 1300 1301 F.erase(); 1302 } 1303 1304 F.done(); 1305 } 1306 1307 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1308 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1309 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1310 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1311 } 1312 1313 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1314 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1315 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1316 while (F.hasNext()) 1317 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1318 F.erase(); 1319 1320 F.done(); 1321 } 1322 1323 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1324 /// @code 1325 /// class S { 1326 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1327 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1328 /// }; 1329 /// @endcode 1330 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1331 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1332 // the decl here. 1333 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1334 return false; 1335 1336 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1337 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1338 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1339 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1340 return false; 1341 } 1342 1343 // We need this to handle 1344 // 1345 // typedef struct { 1346 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1347 // } A; 1348 // 1349 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1350 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1351 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1352 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1353 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1354 // not. 1355 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1356 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1357 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1358 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1359 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1360 return true; 1361 } 1362 DC = DC->getParent(); 1363 } 1364 1365 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1366 } 1367 1368 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1369 // these semantics. 1370 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1371 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1372 return false; 1373 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1374 } 1375 1376 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1377 assert(D); 1378 1379 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1380 return false; 1381 1382 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1383 // of members of class templates. 1384 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1385 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1386 return false; 1387 1388 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1389 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1390 return false; 1391 1392 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1393 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1394 return false; 1395 } else { 1396 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1397 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1398 return false; 1399 } 1400 1401 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1402 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1403 return false; 1404 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1405 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1406 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1407 // like "inline".) 1408 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1409 return false; 1410 1411 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1412 return false; 1413 1414 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1415 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1416 return false; 1417 } else { 1418 return false; 1419 } 1420 1421 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1422 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1423 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1424 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1425 } 1426 1427 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1428 if (!D) 1429 return; 1430 1431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1432 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1433 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1434 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1435 } 1436 1437 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1438 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1439 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1440 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1441 } 1442 1443 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1444 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1445 } 1446 1447 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1448 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1449 return false; 1450 1451 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1452 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1453 return false; 1454 1455 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1456 return true; 1457 1458 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1459 // functions. 1460 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1461 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1462 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1463 WithinFunction = 1464 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1465 if (!WithinFunction) 1466 return false; 1467 1468 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1469 return true; 1470 1471 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1472 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1473 return false; 1474 1475 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1476 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1477 1478 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1479 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1480 1481 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1482 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1483 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1484 return false; 1485 } 1486 1487 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1488 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1489 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1490 return false; 1491 1492 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1493 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1494 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1495 return false; 1496 1497 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1498 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1499 return false; 1500 1501 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1502 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1503 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1504 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1505 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1506 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1507 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1508 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1509 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1510 return false; 1511 } 1512 } 1513 } 1514 } 1515 1516 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1517 } 1518 1519 return true; 1520 } 1521 1522 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1523 FixItHint &Hint) { 1524 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1525 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1526 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1527 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1528 return; 1529 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1530 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1531 } 1532 } 1533 1534 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1535 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1536 return; 1537 1538 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1539 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1540 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1541 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1542 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1543 } 1544 } 1545 1546 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1547 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1548 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1549 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1550 return; 1551 1552 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1553 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1554 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1555 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1556 return; 1557 } 1558 1559 FixItHint Hint; 1560 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1561 1562 unsigned DiagID; 1563 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1564 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1565 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1566 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1567 else 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1569 1570 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1571 } 1572 1573 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1574 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1575 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1576 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1577 // MS inline assembly label name. 1578 bool Diagnose = false; 1579 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1580 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1581 else 1582 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1583 if (Diagnose) 1584 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1585 } 1586 1587 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1588 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1589 1590 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1591 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1592 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1593 1594 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1595 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1596 1597 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1598 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1599 1600 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1601 1602 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1603 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1604 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1605 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1606 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1607 } 1608 1609 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1610 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1611 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1612 1613 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1614 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1615 } 1616 } 1617 1618 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1619 /// 1620 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1621 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1622 /// to the fixed name. 1623 /// 1624 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1625 /// 1626 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1627 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1628 /// 1629 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1630 /// class could not be found. 1631 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1632 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1633 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1634 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1635 // creation from this context. 1636 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1637 1638 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1639 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1640 // find an Objective-C class name. 1641 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1642 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1643 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1644 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1645 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1646 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1647 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1648 } 1649 } 1650 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1651 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1652 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1653 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1654 return Def; 1655 } 1656 1657 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1658 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1659 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1660 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1661 /// ill-formed in C++: 1662 /// @code 1663 /// struct S6 { 1664 /// enum { BAR } e; 1665 /// }; 1666 /// 1667 /// void test_S6() { 1668 /// struct S6 a; 1669 /// a.e = BAR; 1670 /// } 1671 /// @endcode 1672 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1673 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1674 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1675 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1676 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1677 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1678 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1679 /// contain non-field names. 1680 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1681 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1682 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1683 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1684 S = S->getParent(); 1685 return S; 1686 } 1687 1688 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1689 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1690 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1691 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1692 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1693 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1694 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1695 return; 1696 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1697 1698 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1699 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1700 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1701 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1702 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1703 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1704 } 1705 1706 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1707 switch (Error) { 1708 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1709 return ""; 1710 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1711 return "stdio.h"; 1712 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1713 return "setjmp.h"; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1715 return "ucontext.h"; 1716 } 1717 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1718 } 1719 1720 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1721 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1722 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1723 /// built-in. 1724 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1725 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1726 SourceLocation Loc) { 1727 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1728 1729 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1730 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1731 if (Error) { 1732 if (ForRedeclaration) 1733 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1734 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1735 return nullptr; 1736 } 1737 1738 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1739 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1740 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1741 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1742 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1743 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1744 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1745 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1746 } 1747 1748 if (R.isNull()) 1749 return nullptr; 1750 1751 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1752 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1753 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1754 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1756 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1757 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1758 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1759 } 1760 1761 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1762 Parent, 1763 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1764 SC_Extern, 1765 false, 1766 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1767 New->setImplicit(); 1768 1769 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1770 // FunctionDecl. 1771 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1772 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1773 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1774 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1775 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1776 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1777 SC_None, nullptr); 1778 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1779 Params.push_back(parm); 1780 } 1781 New->setParams(Params); 1782 } 1783 1784 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1785 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1786 1787 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1788 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1789 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1790 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1791 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1792 CurContext = Parent; 1793 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1794 CurContext = SavedContext; 1795 return New; 1796 } 1797 1798 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1799 /// entity if their types are the same. 1800 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1801 /// isSameEntity. 1802 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1803 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1804 LookupResult &Previous) { 1805 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1806 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1807 return; 1808 1809 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1810 if (Previous.empty()) 1811 return; 1812 1813 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1814 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1815 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1816 1817 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1818 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1819 continue; 1820 1821 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1822 // different linkages. 1823 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1824 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1825 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1826 continue; 1827 1828 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1829 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1830 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1831 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1832 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1833 continue; 1834 } 1835 1836 Filter.erase(); 1837 } 1838 1839 Filter.done(); 1840 } 1841 1842 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1843 QualType OldType; 1844 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1845 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1846 else 1847 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1848 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1849 1850 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1851 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1852 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1853 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1854 << Kind << NewType; 1855 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1856 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1857 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1858 return true; 1859 } 1860 1861 if (OldType != NewType && 1862 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1863 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1864 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1865 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1866 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1867 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1868 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1869 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1870 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1871 return true; 1872 } 1873 return false; 1874 } 1875 1876 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1877 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1878 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1879 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1880 /// 1881 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1882 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1883 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1884 // merging checks. 1885 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1886 1887 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1888 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1889 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1890 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1891 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1892 default: break; 1893 case 2: 1894 { 1895 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1896 break; 1897 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1898 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1899 break; 1900 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1901 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1902 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1903 break; 1904 } 1905 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1906 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1907 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1908 return; 1909 } 1910 case 5: 1911 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1912 break; 1913 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1914 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1915 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1916 return; 1917 case 3: 1918 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1919 break; 1920 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1921 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1922 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1923 return; 1924 } 1925 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1926 } 1927 1928 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1929 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1930 if (!Old) { 1931 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1932 << New->getDeclName(); 1933 1934 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1935 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1936 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1937 1938 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1939 } 1940 1941 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1942 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1943 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1944 1945 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1946 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1947 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1948 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1950 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1951 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1952 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1953 // instead of our tag. 1954 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1955 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1956 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1957 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1958 else 1959 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1960 1961 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1962 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1963 1964 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 1965 // out of the scope. 1966 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 1967 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 1968 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 1969 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 1970 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 1971 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 1972 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 1973 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 1974 } 1975 } 1976 } 1977 } 1978 1979 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1980 // with any extensions enabled. 1981 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1982 return; 1983 1984 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1985 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1986 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1987 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1988 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1989 } 1990 1991 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1992 return; 1993 1994 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1995 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1996 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1997 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1998 // to the type to which it already refers. 1999 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2000 return; 2001 2002 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2003 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2004 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2005 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2006 // 2007 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2008 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2009 // 2010 // struct S { 2011 // typedef struct A { } A; 2012 // }; 2013 // 2014 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2015 // allow the above but disallow 2016 // 2017 // struct S { 2018 // typedef int I; 2019 // typedef int I; 2020 // }; 2021 // 2022 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2023 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2024 return; 2025 2026 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2027 << New->getDeclName(); 2028 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2029 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2030 } 2031 2032 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2033 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2034 return; 2035 2036 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2037 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2038 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2039 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2040 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2041 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2042 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2043 return; 2044 2045 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2046 << New->getDeclName(); 2047 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2048 } 2049 2050 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2051 /// attribute. 2052 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2053 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2054 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2055 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2056 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2057 if (Ann) { 2058 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2059 return true; 2060 continue; 2061 } 2062 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2063 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2064 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2065 return true; 2066 } 2067 2068 return false; 2069 } 2070 2071 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2072 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2073 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2074 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2075 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2076 return true; 2077 } 2078 2079 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2080 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2081 /// 2082 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2083 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2084 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2085 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2086 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2087 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2088 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2089 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2090 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2091 // in a case like: 2092 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2093 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2094 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2095 // definition in such a case. 2096 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2097 return false; 2098 2099 if (I->isAlignas()) 2100 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2101 2102 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2103 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2104 OldAlign = Align; 2105 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2106 } 2107 } 2108 2109 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2110 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2111 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2112 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2113 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2114 return false; 2115 2116 if (I->isAlignas()) 2117 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2118 2119 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2120 if (Align > NewAlign) 2121 NewAlign = Align; 2122 } 2123 2124 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2125 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2126 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2127 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2128 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2129 2130 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2131 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2132 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2133 QualType Ty; 2134 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2135 Ty = VD->getType(); 2136 else 2137 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2138 2139 if (OldAlign == 0) 2140 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2141 if (NewAlign == 0) 2142 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2143 } 2144 2145 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2146 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2147 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2148 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2149 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2150 } 2151 } 2152 2153 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2154 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2155 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2156 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2157 // equivalent alignment. 2158 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2159 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2160 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2161 // have no alignment specifier. 2162 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2163 << OldAlignasAttr; 2164 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2165 << OldAlignasAttr; 2166 } 2167 2168 bool AnyAdded = false; 2169 2170 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2171 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2172 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2173 Clone->setInherited(true); 2174 New->addAttr(Clone); 2175 AnyAdded = true; 2176 } 2177 2178 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2179 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2180 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2181 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2182 Clone->setInherited(true); 2183 New->addAttr(Clone); 2184 AnyAdded = true; 2185 } 2186 2187 return AnyAdded; 2188 } 2189 2190 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2191 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2192 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2193 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2194 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2195 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2196 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2197 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2198 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2199 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), AMK, 2200 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2201 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2202 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2203 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2204 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2205 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2206 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2207 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2208 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2209 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2210 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2211 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2212 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2213 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2214 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2215 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2216 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2217 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2218 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2219 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2220 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2221 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2222 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2223 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2224 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2225 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2226 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2227 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2228 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2229 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2230 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2231 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2232 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2233 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2234 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2235 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2236 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2237 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2238 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2239 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2240 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2241 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2242 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2243 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2244 NewAttr = nullptr; 2245 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2246 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2247 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2248 NewAttr = nullptr; 2249 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2250 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2251 2252 if (NewAttr) { 2253 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2254 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2255 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2256 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2257 return true; 2258 } 2259 2260 return false; 2261 } 2262 2263 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2264 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2265 return TD->getDefinition(); 2266 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2267 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2268 if (Def) 2269 return Def; 2270 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2271 } 2272 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2273 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2274 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2275 return Def; 2276 } 2277 return nullptr; 2278 } 2279 2280 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2281 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2282 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2283 return true; 2284 return false; 2285 } 2286 2287 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2288 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2289 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2290 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2291 return; 2292 2293 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2294 if (!Def || Def == New) 2295 return; 2296 2297 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2298 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2299 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2300 2301 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2302 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2303 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2304 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2305 2306 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2307 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2308 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2309 --E; 2310 continue; 2311 } 2312 } else { 2313 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2314 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2315 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2316 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2317 : diag::err_redefinition; 2318 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2319 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2320 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2321 } 2322 ++I; 2323 continue; 2324 } 2325 2326 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2327 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2328 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2329 ++I; 2330 continue; 2331 } 2332 } 2333 2334 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2335 ++I; 2336 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2337 } 2338 2339 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2340 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2341 ++I; 2342 continue; 2343 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2344 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2345 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2346 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2347 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2348 // equivalent alignment. 2349 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2350 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2351 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2352 // have no alignment specifier. 2353 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2354 << AA; 2355 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2356 << AA; 2357 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2358 --E; 2359 continue; 2360 } 2361 } 2362 2363 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2364 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2365 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2366 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2367 --E; 2368 } 2369 } 2370 2371 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2372 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2373 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2374 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2375 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2376 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2377 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2378 } 2379 2380 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2381 return; 2382 2383 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2384 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2385 2386 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2387 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2388 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2389 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2390 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2391 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2392 } 2393 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2394 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2395 // already been ODR-used. 2396 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2397 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2398 } 2399 } 2400 2401 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2402 return; 2403 2404 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2405 2406 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2407 // we process them. 2408 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2409 2410 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2411 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2412 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2413 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2414 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2415 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2416 switch (AMK) { 2417 case AMK_None: 2418 continue; 2419 2420 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2421 case AMK_Override: 2422 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2423 LocalAMK = AMK; 2424 break; 2425 } 2426 } 2427 2428 // Already handled. 2429 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2430 continue; 2431 2432 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2433 foundAny = true; 2434 } 2435 2436 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2437 foundAny = true; 2438 2439 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2440 } 2441 2442 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2443 /// to the new one. 2444 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2445 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2446 Sema &S) { 2447 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2448 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2449 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2450 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2451 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2452 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2453 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2454 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2455 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2456 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2457 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2458 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2459 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2460 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2461 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2462 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2463 } 2464 2465 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2466 return; 2467 2468 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2469 2470 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2471 // done before we process them. 2472 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2473 2474 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2475 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2476 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2477 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2478 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2479 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2480 foundAny = true; 2481 } 2482 } 2483 2484 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2485 } 2486 2487 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2488 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2489 Sema &S) { 2490 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2491 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2492 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2493 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2494 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2495 *Newnullability, 2496 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2497 != 0)) 2498 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2499 *Oldnullability, 2500 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2501 != 0)); 2502 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2503 } 2504 } else { 2505 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2506 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2507 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2508 NewT, NewT); 2509 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2510 } 2511 } 2512 } 2513 2514 namespace { 2515 2516 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2517 /// C. 2518 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2519 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2520 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2521 QualType PromotedType; 2522 }; 2523 2524 } // end anonymous namespace 2525 2526 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2527 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2528 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2529 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2530 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2531 2532 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2533 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2534 2535 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2536 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2537 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2538 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2539 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2540 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2541 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2542 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2543 } 2544 2545 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2546 } 2547 2548 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2549 // declaration, or a declaration. 2550 template <typename T> 2551 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2552 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2553 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2554 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2555 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2556 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2557 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2558 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2559 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2560 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2561 } else 2562 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2563 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2564 } 2565 2566 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2567 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2568 /// GNU89 mode. 2569 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2570 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2571 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2572 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2573 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2574 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2575 } 2576 2577 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2578 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2579 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2580 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2581 return AT; 2582 } 2583 2584 template <typename T> 2585 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2586 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2587 if (DC->isRecord()) 2588 return false; 2589 2590 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2591 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2592 return true; 2593 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2594 return true; 2595 return false; 2596 } 2597 2598 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2599 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2600 2601 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2602 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2603 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2604 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2605 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2606 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2607 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2608 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2609 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2610 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2611 // and function templates; or 2612 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2613 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2614 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2615 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2616 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2617 2618 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2619 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2620 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2621 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2622 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2623 2624 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2625 if (Old && 2626 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2627 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2628 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2629 Old = nullptr; 2630 2631 if (!Old) { 2632 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2633 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2634 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2635 return true; 2636 } 2637 return false; 2638 } 2639 2640 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2641 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2642 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2643 2644 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2645 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2646 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2647 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2648 return true; 2649 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2650 }; 2651 2652 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2653 } 2654 2655 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2656 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2657 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2658 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2659 /// 2660 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2661 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2662 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2663 /// merged with. 2664 /// 2665 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2666 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2667 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2668 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2669 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2670 if (!Old) { 2671 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2672 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2673 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2674 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2675 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2676 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2677 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2678 return true; 2679 } 2680 2681 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2682 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2683 return true; 2684 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2685 } else { 2686 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2687 << New->getDeclName(); 2688 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2689 return true; 2690 } 2691 } 2692 2693 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2694 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2695 return true; 2696 2697 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2698 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2699 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2700 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2701 2702 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2703 // is an extern inline function. 2704 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2705 // storage classes. 2706 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2707 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2708 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2709 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2710 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2711 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2712 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2713 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2714 } else { 2715 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2716 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2717 return true; 2718 } 2719 } 2720 2721 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2722 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2723 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2724 << New->getDeclName(); 2725 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2726 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2727 } 2728 2729 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2730 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2731 // convention of the first. 2732 // 2733 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2734 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2735 // 2736 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2737 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2738 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2739 // 2740 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2741 // other tests to run. 2742 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2743 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2744 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2745 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2746 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2747 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2748 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2749 2750 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2751 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2752 const FunctionType *FT = 2753 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2754 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2755 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2756 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2757 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2758 // there but not here. 2759 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2760 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2761 } else { 2762 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2763 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2764 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2765 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2766 << !FirstCCExplicit 2767 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2768 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2769 2770 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2771 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2772 return true; 2773 } 2774 } 2775 2776 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2777 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2778 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2779 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2780 } 2781 2782 // Merge regparm attribute. 2783 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2784 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2785 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2786 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2787 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2788 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2789 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2790 return true; 2791 } 2792 2793 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2794 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2795 } 2796 2797 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2798 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2799 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2800 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2801 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2802 return true; 2803 } 2804 2805 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2806 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2807 } 2808 2809 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2810 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2811 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2812 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2813 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2814 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2815 } 2816 2817 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2818 // UndefinedButUsed. 2819 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2820 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2821 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2822 Old->isUsed(false) && 2823 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2824 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2825 SourceLocation())); 2826 2827 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2828 // about it. 2829 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2830 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2831 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2832 } 2833 2834 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2835 // redeclaration. 2836 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2837 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2838 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2839 << New->getDeclName(); 2840 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2841 return true; 2842 } 2843 2844 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2845 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2846 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2847 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2848 // cannot be overloaded. 2849 2850 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2851 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2852 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2853 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2854 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2855 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2856 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2857 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2858 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2859 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2860 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2861 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2862 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2863 QualType ResQT; 2864 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2865 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2866 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2867 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2868 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2869 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2870 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2871 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2872 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2873 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2874 else 2875 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2876 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2877 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2878 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2879 return true; 2880 } 2881 else 2882 NewQType = ResQT; 2883 } 2884 2885 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2886 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2887 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2888 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2889 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2890 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2891 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2892 New->setType( 2893 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2894 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2895 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2896 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2897 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2898 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2899 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2900 } 2901 } 2902 2903 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2904 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2905 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2906 // Preserve triviality. 2907 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2908 2909 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2910 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2911 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2912 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2913 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2914 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2915 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2916 2917 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2918 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2919 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2920 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2921 // is a static member function declaration. 2922 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2923 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2924 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2925 return true; 2926 } 2927 2928 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2929 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2930 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2931 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2932 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2933 unsigned NewDiag; 2934 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2935 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2936 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2937 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2938 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2939 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2940 else 2941 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2942 2943 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2944 } else { 2945 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2946 << New << New->getType(); 2947 } 2948 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2949 return true; 2950 2951 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2952 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2953 // 2954 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2955 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2956 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2957 if (isFriend) { 2958 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2959 } else { 2960 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2961 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2962 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2963 return true; 2964 } 2965 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2966 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2967 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2968 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2969 return true; 2970 } 2971 } 2972 2973 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2974 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2975 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2976 // attribute. 2977 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2978 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2979 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2980 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2981 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2982 } 2983 2984 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2985 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2986 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2987 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2988 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2989 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2990 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2991 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2992 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2993 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2994 } 2995 2996 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2997 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2998 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2999 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3000 3001 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3002 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3003 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3004 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 3005 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3006 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3007 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3008 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3009 } 3010 3011 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3012 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3013 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3014 // 3015 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3016 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3017 // linkage within class scope. 3018 // 3019 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3020 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3021 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3022 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3023 } else { 3024 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3025 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3026 return true; 3027 } 3028 } 3029 3030 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3031 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3032 3033 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3034 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3035 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3036 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3037 // when we instantiate the function. 3038 return false; 3039 } 3040 3041 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3042 } 3043 3044 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3045 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3046 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3047 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3048 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3049 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3050 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3051 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3052 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3053 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3054 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3055 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3056 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3057 NewQType = 3058 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3059 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3060 New->setType(NewQType); 3061 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3062 3063 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3064 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3065 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3066 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3067 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3068 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3069 SC_None, nullptr); 3070 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3071 Param->setImplicit(); 3072 Params.push_back(Param); 3073 } 3074 3075 New->setParams(Params); 3076 } 3077 3078 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3079 } 3080 3081 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3082 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3083 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3084 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3085 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3086 // the prototype. 3087 // 3088 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3089 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3090 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3091 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3092 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3093 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3094 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3095 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3096 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3097 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3098 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3099 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3100 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3101 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3102 3103 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3104 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3105 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3106 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3107 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3108 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3109 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3110 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3111 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3112 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3113 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3114 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3115 NewParm->getType(), 3116 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3117 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3118 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3119 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3120 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3121 } else 3122 LooseCompatible = false; 3123 } 3124 3125 if (LooseCompatible) { 3126 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3127 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3128 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3129 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3130 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3131 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3132 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3133 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3134 } 3135 3136 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3137 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3138 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3139 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3140 } 3141 3142 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3143 } 3144 3145 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3146 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3147 3148 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3149 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3150 unsigned BuiltinID; 3151 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3152 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3153 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3154 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3155 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3156 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3157 << Old << Old->getType(); 3158 3159 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3160 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3161 // 3162 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3163 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3164 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3165 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3166 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3167 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3168 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3169 3170 return false; 3171 } 3172 3173 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3174 } 3175 3176 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3177 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3178 return true; 3179 } 3180 3181 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3182 /// known to be compatible. 3183 /// 3184 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3185 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3186 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3187 /// redeclaration of Old. 3188 /// 3189 /// \returns false 3190 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3191 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3192 // Merge the attributes 3193 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3194 3195 // Merge "pure" flag. 3196 if (Old->isPure()) 3197 New->setPure(); 3198 3199 // Merge "used" flag. 3200 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3201 New->setIsUsed(); 3202 3203 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3204 // declarations. 3205 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3206 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3207 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3208 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3209 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3210 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3211 } 3212 3213 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3214 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3215 3216 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3217 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3218 // was visible. 3219 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3220 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3221 New->setType(Merged); 3222 3223 return false; 3224 } 3225 3226 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3227 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3228 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3229 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3230 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3231 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3232 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3233 : AMK_Override; 3234 3235 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3236 3237 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3238 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3239 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3240 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3241 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3242 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3243 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3244 3245 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3246 } 3247 3248 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3249 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3250 3251 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3252 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3253 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3254 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3255 3256 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3257 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3258 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3259 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3260 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3261 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3262 } 3263 3264 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3265 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3266 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3267 /// 3268 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3269 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3270 /// is attached. 3271 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3272 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3273 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3274 return; 3275 3276 QualType MergedT; 3277 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3278 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3279 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3280 return; 3281 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3282 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3283 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3284 } 3285 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3286 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3287 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3288 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3289 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3290 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3291 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3292 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3293 3294 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3295 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3296 // mismatch. 3297 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3298 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3299 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3300 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3301 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3302 continue; 3303 3304 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3305 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3306 } 3307 } 3308 3309 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3310 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3311 NewArray->getElementType())) 3312 MergedT = New->getType(); 3313 } 3314 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3315 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3316 // visible. 3317 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3318 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3319 NewArray->getElementType())) 3320 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3321 } 3322 } 3323 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3324 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3325 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3326 Old->getType()); 3327 } 3328 } else { 3329 // C 6.2.7p2: 3330 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3331 // compatible type. 3332 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3333 } 3334 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3335 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3336 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3337 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3338 // equivalent. 3339 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3340 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3341 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3342 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3343 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3344 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3345 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3346 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3347 return; 3348 } 3349 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3350 } 3351 3352 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3353 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3354 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3355 New->setType(MergedT); 3356 } 3357 3358 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3359 LookupResult &Previous) { 3360 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3361 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3362 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3363 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3364 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3365 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3366 // 3367 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3368 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3369 return false; 3370 3371 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3372 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3373 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3374 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3375 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3376 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3377 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3378 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3379 } else { 3380 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3381 // type unless we're in the same function. 3382 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3383 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3384 } 3385 } 3386 3387 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3388 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3389 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3390 /// 3391 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3392 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3393 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3394 /// 3395 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3396 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3397 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3398 return; 3399 3400 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3401 return; 3402 3403 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3404 3405 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3406 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3407 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3408 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3409 if (NewTemplate) { 3410 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3411 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3412 3413 if (auto *Shadow = 3414 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3415 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3416 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3417 } else { 3418 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3419 3420 if (auto *Shadow = 3421 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3422 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3423 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3424 } 3425 } 3426 if (!Old) { 3427 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3428 << New->getDeclName(); 3429 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3430 diag::note_previous_definition); 3431 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3432 } 3433 3434 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3435 if (NewTemplate && 3436 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3437 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3438 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3439 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3440 3441 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3442 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3443 // 3444 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3445 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3446 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3447 << New->getIdentifier(); 3448 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3449 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3450 } 3451 3452 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3453 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3454 // declaration 3455 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3456 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3457 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3458 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3459 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3460 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3461 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3462 } 3463 3464 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3465 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3466 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3467 << New->getDeclName(); 3468 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3469 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3470 } 3471 3472 // Merge the types. 3473 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3474 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3475 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3476 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3477 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3478 return; 3479 } 3480 3481 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3482 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3483 return; 3484 3485 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3486 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3487 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3488 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3489 3490 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3491 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3492 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3493 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3494 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3495 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3496 << New->getDeclName(); 3497 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3498 } else { 3499 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3500 << New->getDeclName(); 3501 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3502 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3503 } 3504 } 3505 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3506 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3507 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3508 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3509 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3510 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3511 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3512 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3513 // identifier has external linkage. 3514 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3515 /* Okay */; 3516 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3517 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3518 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3519 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3520 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3521 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3522 } 3523 3524 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3525 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3526 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3527 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3528 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3529 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3530 } 3531 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3532 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3533 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3534 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3535 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3536 } 3537 3538 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3539 3540 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3541 // need to check for mismatches. 3542 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3543 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3544 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3545 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3546 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3547 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3548 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3549 } 3550 3551 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3552 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3553 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3554 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3555 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3556 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3557 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3558 } else { 3559 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3560 // static and dynamic initialization. 3561 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3562 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3563 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3564 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3565 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3566 } 3567 } 3568 3569 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3570 VarDecl *Def; 3571 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3572 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3573 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3574 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3575 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3576 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3577 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3578 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3579 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3580 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3581 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3582 } else { 3583 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3584 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3585 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3586 return; 3587 } 3588 } 3589 3590 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3591 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3592 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3593 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3594 return; 3595 } 3596 3597 // Merge "used" flag. 3598 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3599 New->setIsUsed(); 3600 3601 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3602 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3603 if (NewTemplate) 3604 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3605 3606 // Inherit access appropriately. 3607 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3608 if (NewTemplate) 3609 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3610 } 3611 3612 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3613 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3614 Decl * 3615 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3616 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3617 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3618 AnonRecord); 3619 } 3620 3621 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3622 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3623 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3624 // compatibility. 3625 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3626 // targeted. 3627 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3628 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3629 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3630 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3631 } 3632 3633 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3634 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3635 return; 3636 3637 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3638 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3639 // it is anonymous. 3640 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3641 return; 3642 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3643 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3644 Context.setManglingNumber( 3645 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3646 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3647 return; 3648 } 3649 3650 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3651 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3652 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3653 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3654 Context.setManglingNumber( 3655 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3656 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3657 } 3658 } 3659 3660 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3661 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3662 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3663 return; 3664 3665 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3666 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3667 return; 3668 3669 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3670 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3671 3672 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3673 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3674 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3675 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3676 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3677 return; 3678 } 3679 3680 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3681 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3682 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3683 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3684 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3685 // for how to handle it. 3686 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3687 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3688 3689 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3690 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3691 3692 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3693 textToInsert += ' '; 3694 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3695 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3696 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3697 return; 3698 } 3699 3700 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3701 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3702 } 3703 3704 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3705 switch (T) { 3706 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3707 return 0; 3708 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3709 return 1; 3710 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3711 return 2; 3712 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3713 return 3; 3714 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3715 return 4; 3716 default: 3717 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3718 } 3719 } 3720 3721 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3722 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3723 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3724 Decl * 3725 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3726 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3727 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3728 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3729 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3730 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3731 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3732 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3733 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3734 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3735 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3736 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3737 3738 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3739 return nullptr; 3740 3741 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3742 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3743 // it's a Type. 3744 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3745 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3746 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3747 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3748 } 3749 3750 if (Tag) { 3751 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3752 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3753 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3754 return Tag; 3755 } 3756 3757 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3758 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3759 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3760 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3761 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3762 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3763 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3764 } 3765 3766 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3767 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3768 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3769 if (Tag) 3770 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3771 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3772 else 3773 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3774 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3775 return TagD; 3776 } 3777 3778 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3779 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3780 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3781 // its initializer. 3782 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3783 return TagD; 3784 } 3785 3786 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3787 3788 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3789 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3790 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3791 if (TagD && !Tag) 3792 return nullptr; 3793 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3794 } 3795 3796 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3797 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3798 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3799 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3800 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3801 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3802 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3803 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3804 // or an explicit specialization. 3805 // 3806 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3807 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3808 // 3809 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3810 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3811 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3812 return nullptr; 3813 } 3814 3815 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3816 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3817 3818 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3819 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3820 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3821 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3822 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3823 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 3824 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 3825 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 3826 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 3827 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 3828 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 3829 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 3830 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 3831 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3832 AnonRecord = Record; 3833 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3834 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3835 } 3836 3837 DeclaresAnything = false; 3838 } 3839 } 3840 3841 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3842 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3843 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3844 // 3845 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3846 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3847 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3848 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3849 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3850 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3851 // struct STRUCT; 3852 // union UNION; 3853 // and 3854 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3855 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3856 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3857 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3858 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3859 if (Tag) 3860 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3861 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3862 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3863 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3864 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3865 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3866 3867 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3868 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3869 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3870 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3871 } 3872 3873 DeclaresAnything = false; 3874 } 3875 } 3876 3877 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3878 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3879 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3880 return TagD; 3881 3882 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3883 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3884 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3885 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3886 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3887 DeclaresAnything = false; 3888 3889 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3890 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3891 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3892 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3893 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3894 else 3895 DeclaresAnything = false; 3896 } 3897 3898 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3899 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3900 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3901 << Tag->getTagKind() 3902 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3903 3904 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3905 3906 // C 6.7/2: 3907 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3908 // or the members of an enumeration. 3909 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3910 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3911 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3912 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3913 // previous declaration. 3914 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3915 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3916 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3917 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3918 return TagD; 3919 } 3920 3921 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3922 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3923 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3924 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3925 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3926 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3927 // 3928 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3929 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3930 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3931 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3932 3933 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3934 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3935 // useless. 3936 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3937 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3938 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3939 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3940 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3941 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3942 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3943 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3944 } 3945 3946 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3947 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3948 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3949 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3950 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3951 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3952 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3953 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3954 // Restrict is covered above. 3955 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3956 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3957 } 3958 3959 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3960 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3961 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3962 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3963 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3964 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3965 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3966 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3967 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3968 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3969 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3970 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3971 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3972 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3973 } 3974 } 3975 3976 return TagD; 3977 } 3978 3979 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3980 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3981 /// 3982 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3983 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3984 Scope *S, 3985 DeclContext *Owner, 3986 DeclarationName Name, 3987 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3988 bool IsUnion) { 3989 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3990 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3991 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3992 3993 // Pick a representative declaration. 3994 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3995 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3996 3997 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3998 return false; 3999 4000 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4001 << IsUnion << Name; 4002 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4003 4004 return true; 4005 } 4006 4007 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4008 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4009 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4010 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4011 /// struct, e.g., 4012 /// 4013 /// @code 4014 /// union { 4015 /// int i; 4016 /// float f; 4017 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4018 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4019 /// @endcode 4020 /// 4021 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4022 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4023 static bool 4024 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4025 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4026 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4027 bool Invalid = false; 4028 4029 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4030 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4031 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4032 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4033 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4034 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4035 VD->getLocation(), 4036 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4037 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4038 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4039 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4040 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4041 Invalid = true; 4042 } else { 4043 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4044 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4045 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4046 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4047 // anonymous union is declared. 4048 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4049 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4050 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4051 else 4052 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4053 4054 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4055 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4056 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4057 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4058 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4059 4060 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4061 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4062 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 4063 4064 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4065 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4066 4067 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4068 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4069 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4070 4071 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4072 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4073 4074 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4075 } 4076 } 4077 } 4078 4079 return Invalid; 4080 } 4081 4082 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4083 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4084 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4085 static StorageClass 4086 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4087 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4088 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4089 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4090 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4091 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4092 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4093 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4094 return SC_None; 4095 return SC_Extern; 4096 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4097 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4098 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4099 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4100 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4101 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4102 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4103 } 4104 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4105 } 4106 4107 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4108 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4109 4110 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4111 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4112 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4113 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4114 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4115 return FD->getLocation(); 4116 } 4117 4118 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4119 } 4120 4121 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4122 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4123 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4124 return; 4125 4126 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4127 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4128 } 4129 4130 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4131 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4132 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4133 return; 4134 4135 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4136 } 4137 4138 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4139 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4140 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4141 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4142 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4143 AccessSpecifier AS, 4144 RecordDecl *Record, 4145 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4146 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4147 4148 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4149 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4150 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4151 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4152 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4153 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4154 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4155 4156 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4157 // structs/unions. 4158 bool Invalid = false; 4159 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4160 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4161 unsigned DiagID; 4162 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4163 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4164 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4165 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4166 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4167 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4168 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4169 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4170 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4171 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4172 4173 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4174 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4175 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4176 } 4177 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4178 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4179 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4180 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4181 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4182 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4183 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4184 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4185 4186 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4187 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4188 SourceLocation(), 4189 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4190 } 4191 } 4192 4193 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4194 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4195 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4196 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4197 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4198 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4199 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4200 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4201 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4202 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4203 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4204 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4205 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4206 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4207 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4208 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4209 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4210 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4211 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4212 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4213 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4214 4215 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4216 } 4217 4218 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4219 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4220 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4221 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4222 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4223 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4224 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4225 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4226 // members (clause 11). 4227 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4228 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4229 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4230 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4231 Invalid = true; 4232 } 4233 4234 // C++ [class.union]p1 4235 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4236 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4237 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4238 // array of such objects. 4239 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4240 Invalid = true; 4241 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4242 // Any implicit members are fine. 4243 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4244 // This is a type that showed up in an 4245 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4246 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4247 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4248 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4249 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4250 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4251 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4252 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4253 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4254 << Record->isUnion(); 4255 else { 4256 // This is a nested type declaration. 4257 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4258 << Record->isUnion(); 4259 Invalid = true; 4260 } 4261 } else { 4262 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4263 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4264 // not part of standard C++. 4265 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4266 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4267 << Record->isUnion(); 4268 } 4269 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4270 // Any access specifier is fine. 4271 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4272 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4273 } else { 4274 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4275 // member. Complain about it. 4276 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4277 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4278 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4279 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4280 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4281 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4282 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4283 4284 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4285 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4286 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4287 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4288 << Record->isUnion(); 4289 else { 4290 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4291 Invalid = true; 4292 } 4293 } 4294 } 4295 4296 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4297 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4298 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4299 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4300 Owner->isRecord()) 4301 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4302 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4303 } 4304 4305 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4306 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4307 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4308 Invalid = true; 4309 } 4310 4311 // Mock up a declarator. 4312 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4313 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4314 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4315 4316 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4317 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4318 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4319 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4320 DS.getLocStart(), 4321 Record->getLocation(), 4322 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4323 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4324 TInfo, 4325 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4326 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4327 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4328 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4329 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4330 } else { 4331 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4332 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4333 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4334 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4335 // an error here 4336 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4337 Invalid = true; 4338 SC = SC_None; 4339 } 4340 4341 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4342 DS.getLocStart(), 4343 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4344 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4345 TInfo, SC); 4346 4347 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4348 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4349 // initializer: 4350 // union { int n = 0; }; 4351 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4352 } 4353 Anon->setImplicit(); 4354 4355 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4356 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4357 4358 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4359 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4360 // its members. 4361 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4362 4363 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4364 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4365 // purposes. 4366 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4367 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4368 4369 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4370 Invalid = true; 4371 4372 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4373 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4374 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4375 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4376 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4377 Context.setManglingNumber( 4378 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4379 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4380 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4381 } 4382 } 4383 } 4384 4385 if (Invalid) 4386 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4387 4388 return Anon; 4389 } 4390 4391 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4392 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4393 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4394 /// Example: 4395 /// 4396 /// struct A { int a; }; 4397 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4398 /// 4399 /// void foo() { 4400 /// B var; 4401 /// var.a = 3; 4402 /// } 4403 /// 4404 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4405 RecordDecl *Record) { 4406 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4407 4408 // Mock up a declarator. 4409 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4410 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4411 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4412 4413 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4414 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4415 4416 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4417 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4418 ParentDecl, 4419 DS.getLocStart(), 4420 DS.getLocStart(), 4421 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4422 RecTy, 4423 TInfo, 4424 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4425 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4426 Anon->setImplicit(); 4427 4428 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4429 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4430 4431 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4432 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4433 // purposes. 4434 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4435 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4436 4437 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4438 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4439 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4440 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4441 AS_none, Chain)) { 4442 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4443 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4444 } 4445 4446 return Anon; 4447 } 4448 4449 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4450 /// given Declarator. 4451 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4452 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4453 } 4454 4455 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4456 DeclarationNameInfo 4457 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4458 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4459 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4460 4461 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4462 4463 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4464 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4465 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4466 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4467 return NameInfo; 4468 4469 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4470 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4471 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4472 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4473 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4474 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4475 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4476 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4477 return NameInfo; 4478 4479 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4480 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4481 Name.Identifier)); 4482 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4483 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4484 return NameInfo; 4485 4486 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4487 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4488 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4489 if (Ty.isNull()) 4490 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4491 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4492 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4493 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4494 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4495 return NameInfo; 4496 } 4497 4498 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4499 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4500 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4501 if (Ty.isNull()) 4502 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4503 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4504 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4505 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4506 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4507 return NameInfo; 4508 } 4509 4510 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4511 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4512 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4513 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4514 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4515 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4516 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4517 4518 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4519 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4520 4521 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4522 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4523 // was qualified. 4524 4525 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4526 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4527 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4528 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4529 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4530 return NameInfo; 4531 } 4532 4533 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4534 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4535 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4536 if (Ty.isNull()) 4537 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4538 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4539 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4540 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4541 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4542 return NameInfo; 4543 } 4544 4545 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4546 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4547 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4548 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4549 } 4550 4551 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4552 4553 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4554 } 4555 4556 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4557 do { 4558 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4559 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4560 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4561 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4562 else 4563 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4564 } while (true); 4565 } 4566 4567 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4568 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4569 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4570 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4571 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4572 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4573 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4574 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4575 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4576 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4577 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4578 Params.clear(); 4579 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4580 return false; 4581 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4582 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4583 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4584 4585 // The parameter types are identical 4586 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4587 continue; 4588 4589 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4590 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4591 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4592 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4593 4594 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4595 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4596 Params.push_back(Idx); 4597 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4598 return false; 4599 } 4600 4601 return true; 4602 } 4603 4604 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4605 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4606 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4607 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4608 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4609 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4610 DeclarationName Name) { 4611 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4612 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4613 // - types which will become injected class names 4614 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4615 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4616 // few cases here. 4617 4618 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4619 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4620 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4621 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4622 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4623 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4624 // Grab the type from the parser. 4625 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4626 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4627 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4628 4629 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4630 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4631 // attached already. 4632 if (!TSI) 4633 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4634 4635 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4636 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4637 if (!TSI) return true; 4638 4639 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4640 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4641 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4642 break; 4643 } 4644 4645 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4646 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4647 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4648 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4649 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4650 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4651 break; 4652 } 4653 4654 default: 4655 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4656 break; 4657 } 4658 4659 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4660 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4661 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4662 4663 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4664 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4665 // pointer. 4666 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4667 continue; 4668 4669 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4670 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4671 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4672 return true; 4673 } 4674 4675 return false; 4676 } 4677 4678 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4679 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4680 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4681 4682 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4683 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4684 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4685 4686 return Dcl; 4687 } 4688 4689 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4690 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4691 /// name different from T: 4692 /// - every static data member of class T; 4693 /// - every member function of class T 4694 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4695 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4696 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4697 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4698 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4699 4700 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4701 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4702 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4703 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4704 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4705 return true; 4706 } 4707 4708 return false; 4709 } 4710 4711 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4712 /// nested-name-specifier. 4713 /// 4714 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4715 /// 4716 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4717 /// resolves. 4718 /// 4719 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4720 /// 4721 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4722 /// 4723 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4724 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4725 DeclarationName Name, 4726 SourceLocation Loc) { 4727 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4728 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4729 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4730 4731 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4732 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4733 // 4734 // class X { 4735 // void X::f(); 4736 // }; 4737 // 4738 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4739 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4740 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4741 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4742 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4743 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4744 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4745 SS.clear(); 4746 } else { 4747 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4748 } 4749 return false; 4750 } 4751 4752 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4753 // declaration. 4754 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4755 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4756 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4757 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4758 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4759 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4760 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4761 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4762 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4763 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4764 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4765 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4766 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4767 else 4768 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4769 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4770 4771 return true; 4772 } 4773 4774 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4775 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4776 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4777 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4778 SS.clear(); 4779 4780 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4781 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4782 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4783 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4784 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4785 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4786 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4787 return true; 4788 4789 return false; 4790 } 4791 4792 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4793 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4794 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4795 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4796 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4797 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4798 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4799 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4800 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4801 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4802 4803 return false; 4804 } 4805 4806 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4807 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4808 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4809 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4810 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4811 4812 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4813 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4814 if (!Name) { 4815 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4816 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4817 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4818 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4819 return nullptr; 4820 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4821 return nullptr; 4822 4823 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4824 // we find one that is. 4825 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4826 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4827 S = S->getParent(); 4828 4829 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4830 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4831 D.setInvalidType(); 4832 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4833 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4834 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4835 return nullptr; 4836 4837 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4838 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4839 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4840 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4841 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4842 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4843 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4844 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4845 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4846 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4847 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4848 return nullptr; 4849 } 4850 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4851 4852 if (!IsDependentContext && 4853 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4854 return nullptr; 4855 4856 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4857 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4858 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4859 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4860 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4861 return nullptr; 4862 } 4863 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4864 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4865 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4866 if (DC->isRecord()) 4867 return nullptr; 4868 4869 D.setInvalidType(); 4870 } 4871 } 4872 4873 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4874 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4875 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4876 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4877 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4878 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4879 D.setInvalidType(); 4880 } 4881 } 4882 4883 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4884 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4885 4886 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4887 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4888 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4889 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4890 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4891 return nullptr; 4892 4893 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4894 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4895 D.setInvalidType(); 4896 4897 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4898 ForRedeclaration); 4899 4900 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4901 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4902 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4903 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4904 4905 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4906 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4907 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4908 // 4909 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4910 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4911 // the same name. 4912 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4913 /* Do nothing*/; 4914 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4915 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4916 R->isFunctionType())) { 4917 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4918 CreateBuiltins = 4919 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4920 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4921 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4922 CreateBuiltins = true; 4923 4924 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4925 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4926 4927 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4928 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4929 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4930 4931 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4932 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4933 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4934 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4935 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4936 // thereof; [...] 4937 // 4938 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4939 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4940 // we want to match. For example, given: 4941 // 4942 // class X { 4943 // void f(); 4944 // void f(float); 4945 // }; 4946 // 4947 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4948 // 4949 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4950 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4951 // matches. 4952 4953 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4954 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4955 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4956 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4957 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4958 } 4959 4960 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4961 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4962 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4963 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4964 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4965 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4966 4967 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4968 Previous.clear(); 4969 } 4970 4971 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4972 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4973 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4974 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4975 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4976 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4977 Previous.clear(); 4978 4979 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4980 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4981 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4982 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4983 4984 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 4985 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 4986 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 4987 // template, declared in namespace scope 4988 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4989 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 4990 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4991 return nullptr; 4992 } 4993 4994 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 4995 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4996 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 4997 return nullptr; 4998 } 4999 } 5000 5001 NamedDecl *New; 5002 5003 bool AddToScope = true; 5004 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5005 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5006 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5007 return nullptr; 5008 } 5009 5010 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5011 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5012 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5013 TemplateParamLists, 5014 AddToScope); 5015 } else { 5016 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5017 AddToScope); 5018 } 5019 5020 if (!New) 5021 return nullptr; 5022 5023 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 5024 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 5025 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 5026 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 5027 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5028 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5029 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5030 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5031 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5032 if (!AddToContext) 5033 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5034 } 5035 5036 return New; 5037 } 5038 5039 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5040 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5041 /// GCC compatibility). 5042 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5043 ASTContext &Context, 5044 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5045 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5046 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5047 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5048 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5049 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5050 SizeIsNegative = false; 5051 Oversized = 0; 5052 5053 if (T->isDependentType()) 5054 return QualType(); 5055 5056 QualifierCollector Qs; 5057 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5058 5059 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5060 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5061 QualType FixedType = 5062 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5063 Oversized); 5064 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5065 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5066 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5067 } 5068 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5069 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5070 QualType FixedType = 5071 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5072 Oversized); 5073 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5074 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5075 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5076 } 5077 5078 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5079 if (!VLATy) 5080 return QualType(); 5081 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5082 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5083 return QualType(); 5084 5085 llvm::APSInt Res; 5086 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5087 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5088 return QualType(); 5089 5090 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5091 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5092 SizeIsNegative = true; 5093 return QualType(); 5094 } 5095 5096 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5097 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5098 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5099 Res); 5100 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5101 Oversized = Res; 5102 return QualType(); 5103 } 5104 5105 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5106 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5107 } 5108 5109 static void 5110 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5111 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5112 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5113 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5114 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5115 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5116 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5117 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5118 return; 5119 } 5120 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5121 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5122 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5123 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5124 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5125 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5126 return; 5127 } 5128 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5129 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5130 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5131 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5132 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5133 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5134 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5135 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5136 } 5137 5138 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5139 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5140 /// GCC compatibility). 5141 static TypeSourceInfo* 5142 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5143 ASTContext &Context, 5144 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5145 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5146 QualType FixedTy 5147 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5148 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5149 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5150 return nullptr; 5151 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5152 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5153 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5154 return FixedTInfo; 5155 } 5156 5157 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5158 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5159 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5160 /// function-scope declarations. 5161 void 5162 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5163 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5164 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5165 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5166 return; 5167 5168 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5169 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5170 } 5171 5172 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5173 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5174 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5175 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5176 } 5177 5178 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5179 /// does not identify a function. 5180 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5181 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5182 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5183 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5184 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5185 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5186 5187 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5188 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5189 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5190 5191 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5192 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5193 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5194 5195 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5196 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5197 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5198 } 5199 5200 NamedDecl* 5201 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5202 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5203 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5204 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5205 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5206 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5207 D.setInvalidType(); 5208 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5209 DC = CurContext; 5210 Previous.clear(); 5211 } 5212 5213 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5214 5215 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5216 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5217 << 1; 5218 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5219 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5220 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5221 5222 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5223 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5224 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5225 return nullptr; 5226 } 5227 5228 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5229 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5230 5231 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5232 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5233 5234 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5235 5236 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5237 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5238 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5239 return ND; 5240 } 5241 5242 void 5243 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5244 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5245 // then it shall have block scope. 5246 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5247 // that redeclarations will match. 5248 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5249 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5250 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5251 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5252 5253 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5254 bool SizeIsNegative; 5255 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5256 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5257 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5258 SizeIsNegative, 5259 Oversized); 5260 if (FixedTInfo) { 5261 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5262 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5263 } else { 5264 if (SizeIsNegative) 5265 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5266 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5267 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5268 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5269 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5270 << Oversized.toString(10); 5271 else 5272 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5273 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5274 } 5275 } 5276 } 5277 } 5278 5279 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5280 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5281 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5282 NamedDecl* 5283 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5284 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5285 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5286 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5287 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5288 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5289 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5290 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5291 Redeclaration = true; 5292 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5293 } 5294 5295 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5296 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5297 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5298 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5299 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5300 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5301 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5302 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5303 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5304 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5305 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5306 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5307 } 5308 5309 return NewTD; 5310 } 5311 5312 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5313 /// previous declaration. 5314 /// 5315 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5316 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5317 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5318 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5319 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5320 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5321 /// 5322 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5323 /// lookup 5324 /// 5325 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5326 /// declared. 5327 /// 5328 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5329 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5330 static bool 5331 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5332 ASTContext &Context) { 5333 if (!PrevDecl) 5334 return false; 5335 5336 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5337 return false; 5338 5339 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5340 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5341 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5342 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5343 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5344 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5345 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5346 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5347 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5348 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5349 return false; 5350 5351 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5352 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5353 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5354 return false; 5355 5356 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5357 // previous declarations. 5358 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5359 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5360 5361 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5362 // isn't the same function. 5363 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5364 return false; 5365 } 5366 5367 return true; 5368 } 5369 5370 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5371 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5372 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5373 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5374 } 5375 5376 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5377 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5378 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5379 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5380 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5381 unsigned kind = -1U; 5382 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5383 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5384 kind = 0; // __block 5385 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5386 kind = 1; // global 5387 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5388 kind = 3; // ivar 5389 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5390 kind = 2; // field 5391 } 5392 5393 if (kind != -1U) { 5394 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5395 << kind; 5396 } 5397 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5398 // Try to infer lifetime. 5399 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5400 return false; 5401 5402 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5403 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5404 decl->setType(type); 5405 } 5406 5407 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5408 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5409 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5410 var->getTLSKind()) { 5411 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5412 << var->getType(); 5413 return true; 5414 } 5415 } 5416 5417 return false; 5418 } 5419 5420 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5421 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5422 // the wrong linkage. 5423 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5424 5425 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5426 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5427 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5428 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5429 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5430 } 5431 } 5432 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5433 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5434 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5435 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5436 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5437 } 5438 } 5439 5440 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5441 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5442 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5443 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5444 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5445 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5446 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5447 } 5448 } 5449 } 5450 5451 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5452 // It does not apply to functions. 5453 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5454 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5455 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5456 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5457 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5458 } 5459 } 5460 5461 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5462 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5463 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5464 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5465 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5466 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5467 << &ND << Attr; 5468 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5469 } 5470 } 5471 5472 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5473 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5474 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5475 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5476 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5477 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5478 << Attr; 5479 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5480 } 5481 } 5482 5483 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5484 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5485 bool IsSpecialization) { 5486 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5487 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5488 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5489 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5490 5491 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5492 return; 5493 5494 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5495 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5496 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5497 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5498 5499 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5500 // inherited attribute instances. 5501 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5502 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5503 5504 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5505 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5506 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5507 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5508 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5509 5510 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5511 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5512 bool JustWarn = false; 5513 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5514 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5515 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5516 JustWarn = true; 5517 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5518 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5519 JustWarn = true; 5520 } 5521 5522 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5523 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5524 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5525 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5526 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5527 JustWarn = false; 5528 5529 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5530 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5531 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5532 << NewDecl 5533 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5534 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5535 if (!JustWarn) { 5536 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5537 return; 5538 } 5539 } 5540 5541 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5542 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5543 // and qualified friend declarations. 5544 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5545 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5546 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5547 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5548 // separately. 5549 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5550 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5551 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5552 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5553 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5554 } 5555 5556 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5557 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5558 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5559 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5560 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5561 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5562 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5563 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5564 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5565 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5566 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5567 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5568 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5569 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5570 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5571 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5572 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5573 } 5574 } 5575 5576 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5577 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5578 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5579 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5580 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5581 5582 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5583 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5584 5585 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5586 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5587 return false; 5588 5589 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5590 5591 #ifndef NDEBUG 5592 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5593 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5594 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5595 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5596 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5597 #endif 5598 5599 bool isC99Inline = 5600 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5601 5602 #ifndef NDEBUG 5603 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5604 #endif 5605 5606 return isC99Inline; 5607 } 5608 5609 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5610 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5611 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5612 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5613 /// 5614 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5615 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5616 /// 5617 /// For instance: 5618 /// 5619 /// auto x = []{}; 5620 /// 5621 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5622 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5623 /// 5624 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5625 template<typename T> 5626 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5627 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5628 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5629 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5630 return false; 5631 5632 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes if overloading is enabled. 5633 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 5634 (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5635 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5636 return false; 5637 } 5638 return D->isExternC(); 5639 } 5640 5641 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5642 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5643 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5644 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5645 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5646 return true; 5647 if (DC->isRecord()) 5648 return false; 5649 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5650 } 5651 5652 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5653 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5654 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5655 return true; 5656 if (DC->isRecord()) 5657 return false; 5658 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5659 } 5660 5661 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5662 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5663 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5664 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5665 return true; 5666 return false; 5667 } 5668 5669 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5670 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5671 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5672 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5673 return true; 5674 5675 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5676 // position to the decl itself. 5677 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5678 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5679 return true; 5680 } 5681 5682 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5683 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5684 } 5685 5686 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5687 /// function-local external declaration. 5688 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5689 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5690 return false; 5691 5692 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5693 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5694 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5695 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5696 return true; 5697 5698 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5699 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5700 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5701 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5702 // 5703 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5704 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5705 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5706 DC = DC->getParent(); 5707 return true; 5708 } 5709 5710 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5711 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5712 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5713 return FD->isExternC(); 5714 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5715 return VD->isExternC(); 5716 5717 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5718 } 5719 5720 NamedDecl * 5721 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5722 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5723 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5724 bool &AddToScope) { 5725 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5726 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5727 5728 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5729 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 5730 // argument. 5731 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType())) { 5732 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5733 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 5734 << R; 5735 D.setInvalidType(); 5736 return nullptr; 5737 } 5738 5739 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5740 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5741 5742 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5743 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5744 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5745 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5746 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5747 SC = SC_Extern; 5748 5749 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5750 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5751 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5752 5753 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5754 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5755 QualType NR = R; 5756 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5757 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5758 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5759 D.setInvalidType(); 5760 break; 5761 } 5762 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5763 } 5764 5765 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5766 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5767 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5768 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5769 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5770 D.setInvalidType(); 5771 } 5772 } 5773 } 5774 5775 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5776 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5777 // an error here 5778 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5779 D.setInvalidType(); 5780 SC = SC_None; 5781 } 5782 5783 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5784 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5785 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5786 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5787 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5788 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5789 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5790 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5791 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5792 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5793 } 5794 5795 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5796 if (!II) { 5797 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5798 << Name; 5799 return nullptr; 5800 } 5801 5802 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5803 5804 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5805 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5806 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5807 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5808 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5809 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5810 D.setInvalidType(); 5811 } 5812 } 5813 5814 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5815 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5816 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5817 // space qualifiers. 5818 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5819 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5820 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5821 } 5822 5823 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5824 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5825 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5826 // address space qualifiers. 5827 if (R->isEventT()) { 5828 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5829 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5830 D.setInvalidType(); 5831 } 5832 5833 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5834 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5835 D.setInvalidType(); 5836 } 5837 } 5838 } 5839 5840 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5841 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5842 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5843 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5844 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5845 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5846 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5847 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5848 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5849 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5850 R, TInfo, SC); 5851 5852 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5853 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5854 5855 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5856 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5857 } else { 5858 bool Invalid = false; 5859 5860 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5861 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5862 switch (SC) { 5863 case SC_None: 5864 break; 5865 case SC_Static: 5866 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5867 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5868 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5869 break; 5870 case SC_Auto: 5871 case SC_Register: 5872 case SC_Extern: 5873 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5874 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5875 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5876 // of class members 5877 5878 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5879 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5880 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5881 break; 5882 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5883 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5884 } 5885 } 5886 5887 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5888 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5889 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5890 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5891 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5892 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5893 5894 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5895 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5896 if (RD->isUnion()) 5897 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5898 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5899 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5900 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5901 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5902 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5903 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5904 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5905 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5906 } 5907 } 5908 5909 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5910 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5911 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5912 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5913 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5914 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5915 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5916 : nullptr, 5917 TemplateParamLists, 5918 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5919 5920 if (TemplateParams) { 5921 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5922 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5923 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5924 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5925 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5926 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5927 << II 5928 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5929 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5930 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5931 } else { 5932 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5933 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5934 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5935 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5936 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5937 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5938 // This is a template declaration. 5939 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5940 5941 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5942 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5943 return nullptr; 5944 5945 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5946 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5947 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5948 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5949 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5950 } 5951 } 5952 } else { 5953 assert( 5954 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5955 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5956 } 5957 5958 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5959 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5960 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5961 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5962 : SourceLocation(); 5963 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5964 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5965 IsPartialSpecialization); 5966 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5967 return nullptr; 5968 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5969 AddToScope = false; 5970 } else 5971 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5972 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5973 5974 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5975 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5976 NewTemplate = 5977 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5978 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5979 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5980 } 5981 5982 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5983 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5984 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5985 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5986 5987 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5988 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5989 if (NewTemplate) 5990 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5991 } 5992 5993 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5994 5995 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5996 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5997 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5998 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5999 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6000 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6001 6002 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 6003 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6004 6005 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6006 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6007 VTD->setConcept(); 6008 6009 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6010 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6011 // specifiers, [...] 6012 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6013 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6014 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6015 << 0 << 0; 6016 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6017 } 6018 6019 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6020 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6021 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6022 << 0 << 3; 6023 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6024 } 6025 6026 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6027 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6028 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6029 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6030 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6031 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6032 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6033 } 6034 6035 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6036 // following restrictions: 6037 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6038 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6039 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6040 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6041 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6042 } 6043 } 6044 } 6045 6046 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6047 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6048 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6049 if (NewTemplate) 6050 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6051 6052 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6053 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6054 6055 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6056 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6057 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6058 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6059 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6060 // explicitly. 6061 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6062 // 'extern'. 6063 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6064 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6065 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6066 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6067 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6068 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6069 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6070 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6071 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6072 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6073 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6074 // error should be ignored. 6075 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6076 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6077 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6078 // to emit any code for it. 6079 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6080 } else 6081 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6082 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6083 } else 6084 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6085 } 6086 6087 // C99 6.7.4p3 6088 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6089 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6090 // thread storage duration... 6091 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6092 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6093 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6094 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6095 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6096 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6097 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6098 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6099 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6100 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6101 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6102 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6103 } 6104 } 6105 6106 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6107 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6108 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6109 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6110 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6111 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6112 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6113 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6114 << 2 6115 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6116 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6117 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6118 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6119 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6120 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6121 else { 6122 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6123 if (NewTemplate) 6124 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6125 } 6126 } 6127 6128 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6129 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6130 6131 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6132 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6133 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6134 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6135 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6136 // storage [duration]." 6137 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6138 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6139 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6140 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6141 } 6142 } 6143 6144 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6145 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6146 // check the VarDecl itself. 6147 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6148 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6149 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6150 6151 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6152 // retainable type. 6153 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6154 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6155 6156 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6157 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6158 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6159 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6160 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6161 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6162 switch (SC) { 6163 case SC_None: 6164 case SC_Auto: 6165 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6166 break; 6167 case SC_Register: 6168 // Local Named register 6169 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6170 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6171 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6172 break; 6173 case SC_Static: 6174 case SC_Extern: 6175 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6176 break; 6177 } 6178 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6179 // Global Named register 6180 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6181 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6182 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6183 6184 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6185 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6186 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6187 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6188 HasSizeMismatch)) 6189 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6190 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6191 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6192 } 6193 6194 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6195 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6196 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6197 } 6198 } 6199 6200 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6201 Context, Label, 0)); 6202 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6203 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6204 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6205 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6206 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6207 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6208 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6209 } else 6210 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6211 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6212 } 6213 } 6214 6215 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6216 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6217 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6218 6219 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6220 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6221 // declaration has linkage). 6222 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6223 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6224 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6225 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6226 6227 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6228 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6229 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6230 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6231 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6232 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6233 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6234 6235 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6236 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6237 } else { 6238 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6239 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6240 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6241 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6242 6243 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6244 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6245 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6246 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6247 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6248 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6249 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6250 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6251 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6252 Previous.clear(); 6253 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6254 } 6255 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6256 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6257 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6258 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6259 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6260 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6261 } 6262 6263 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6264 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6265 6266 if (NewTemplate) { 6267 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6268 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6269 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6270 : nullptr; 6271 6272 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6273 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6274 // template declaration. 6275 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6276 TemplateParams, 6277 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6278 : nullptr, 6279 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6280 DC->isDependentContext()) 6281 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6282 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6283 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6284 6285 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6286 // template, make a note of that. 6287 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6288 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6289 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6290 } 6291 } 6292 6293 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6294 6295 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6296 // the map of such variables. 6297 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6298 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6299 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6300 6301 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6302 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6303 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6304 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6305 Context.setManglingNumber( 6306 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6307 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6308 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6309 } 6310 } 6311 6312 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6313 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6314 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6315 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6316 6317 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6318 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6319 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6320 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6321 6322 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6323 // behavior. 6324 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6325 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6326 } 6327 6328 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6329 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6330 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6331 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6332 } 6333 6334 if (NewTemplate) { 6335 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6336 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6337 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6338 return NewTemplate; 6339 } 6340 6341 return NewVD; 6342 } 6343 6344 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6345 /// -Wshadow. 6346 /// 6347 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6348 /// scope. 6349 /// 6350 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6351 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6352 /// 6353 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6354 // Return if warning is ignored. 6355 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6356 return; 6357 6358 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6359 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6360 return; 6361 6362 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6363 6364 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6365 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6366 return; 6367 6368 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6369 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6370 return; 6371 6372 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6373 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6374 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6375 if (MD->isStatic()) 6376 return; 6377 6378 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6379 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6380 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6381 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6382 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6383 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6384 ShadowedDecl = I; 6385 break; 6386 } 6387 } 6388 6389 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6390 6391 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6392 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6393 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6394 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6395 return; 6396 6397 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6398 // static data members from base classes? 6399 6400 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6401 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6402 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6403 } 6404 6405 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6406 unsigned Kind; 6407 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6408 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6409 Kind = 3; // field 6410 else 6411 Kind = 2; // static data member 6412 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6413 Kind = 1; // global 6414 else 6415 Kind = 0; // local 6416 6417 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6418 6419 // Emit warning and note. 6420 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6421 return; 6422 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6423 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6424 } 6425 6426 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6427 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6428 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6429 return; 6430 6431 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6432 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6433 LookupName(R, S); 6434 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6435 } 6436 6437 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6438 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6439 template<typename T> 6440 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6441 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6442 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6443 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6444 6445 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6446 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6447 // declaration. 6448 return false; 6449 } 6450 6451 if (Prev) { 6452 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6453 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6454 // redeclaration. 6455 Previous.clear(); 6456 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6457 return true; 6458 } 6459 6460 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6461 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6462 // declaration. 6463 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6464 return false; 6465 } else { 6466 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6467 // translation unit which might conflict. 6468 if (IsGlobal) { 6469 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6470 IsGlobal = false; 6471 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6472 I != E; ++I) { 6473 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6474 Prev = *I; 6475 break; 6476 } 6477 } 6478 } else { 6479 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6480 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6481 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6482 I != E; ++I) { 6483 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6484 Prev = *I; 6485 break; 6486 } 6487 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6488 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6489 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6490 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6491 // diagnostic. 6492 } 6493 } 6494 6495 if (!Prev) 6496 return false; 6497 } 6498 6499 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6500 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6501 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6502 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6503 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6504 else 6505 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6506 6507 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6508 << IsGlobal << ND; 6509 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6510 << IsGlobal; 6511 return false; 6512 } 6513 6514 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6515 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6516 /// 6517 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6518 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6519 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6520 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6521 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6522 template<typename T> 6523 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6524 LookupResult &Previous) { 6525 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6526 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6527 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6528 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6529 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6530 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6531 Previous.clear(); 6532 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6533 return true; 6534 } 6535 } 6536 return false; 6537 } 6538 6539 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6540 // declaration. 6541 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6542 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6543 6544 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6545 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6546 // in another scope. 6547 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6548 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6549 6550 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6551 return false; 6552 } 6553 6554 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6555 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6556 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6557 return; 6558 6559 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6560 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6561 6562 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6563 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6564 return; 6565 6566 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6567 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6568 6569 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6570 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6571 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6572 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6573 NewVD->setType(T); 6574 } 6575 6576 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6577 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6578 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6579 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6580 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6581 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6582 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6583 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6584 return; 6585 } 6586 6587 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6588 // scope. 6589 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6590 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6591 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6592 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6593 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6594 return; 6595 } 6596 6597 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6598 // __constant address space. 6599 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6600 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6601 // address space. 6602 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6603 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) { 6604 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6605 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6606 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6607 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6608 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6609 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6610 << "global or constant"; 6611 else 6612 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6613 << "constant"; 6614 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6615 return; 6616 } 6617 } else { 6618 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6619 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6620 // address space. 6621 if (NewVD->isStaticLocal() && 6622 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6623 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6624 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6625 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6626 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6627 << "global or constant"; 6628 else 6629 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6630 << "constant"; 6631 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6632 return; 6633 } 6634 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6635 // in functions. 6636 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6637 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6638 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6639 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6640 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6641 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6642 << "constant"; 6643 else 6644 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6645 << "local"; 6646 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6647 return; 6648 } 6649 } 6650 } 6651 } 6652 6653 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6654 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6655 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6656 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6657 else { 6658 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6659 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6660 } 6661 } 6662 6663 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6664 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6665 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6666 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6667 6668 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6669 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6670 bool SizeIsNegative; 6671 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6672 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6673 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6674 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6675 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6676 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6677 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6678 // int a[10][n]; 6679 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6680 6681 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6682 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6683 << SizeRange; 6684 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6685 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6686 << SizeRange; 6687 else 6688 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6689 << SizeRange; 6690 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6691 return; 6692 } 6693 6694 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6695 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6696 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6697 else 6698 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6699 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6700 return; 6701 } 6702 6703 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6704 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6705 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6706 } 6707 6708 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6709 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6710 // of objects and functions. 6711 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6712 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6713 << T; 6714 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6715 return; 6716 } 6717 } 6718 6719 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6720 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6721 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6722 return; 6723 } 6724 6725 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6726 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6727 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6728 return; 6729 } 6730 6731 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6732 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6733 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6734 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6735 return; 6736 } 6737 6738 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks with variadic arguments are not supported. 6739 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isBlockPointerType()) { 6740 const BlockPointerType *BlkTy = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>(); 6741 const FunctionProtoType *FTy = 6742 BlkTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6743 if (FTy->isVariadic()) { 6744 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_proto_variadic) 6745 << T << NewVD->getSourceRange(); 6746 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6747 return; 6748 } 6749 } 6750 } 6751 6752 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6753 /// declaration. 6754 /// 6755 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6756 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6757 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6758 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6759 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6760 /// 6761 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6762 /// 6763 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6764 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6765 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6766 6767 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6768 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6769 return false; 6770 6771 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6772 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6773 if (Previous.empty() && 6774 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6775 Previous.setShadowed(); 6776 6777 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6778 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6779 return true; 6780 } 6781 return false; 6782 } 6783 6784 namespace { 6785 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6786 Sema *S; 6787 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6788 6789 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6790 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6791 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6792 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6793 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6794 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6795 6796 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6797 6798 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6799 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6800 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6801 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6802 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6803 6804 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6805 } 6806 6807 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6808 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6809 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6810 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6811 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6812 return true; 6813 } 6814 } 6815 6816 return false; 6817 } 6818 }; 6819 6820 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6821 } // end anonymous namespace 6822 6823 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6824 /// overriden methods. 6825 /// 6826 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6827 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6828 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6829 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6830 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6831 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6832 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6833 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6834 I != E; ++I) { 6835 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6836 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6837 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6838 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6839 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6840 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6841 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6842 } 6843 } 6844 6845 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6846 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6847 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6848 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6849 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6850 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6851 FOM.Method = MD; 6852 FOM.S = this; 6853 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6854 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6855 bool AddedAny = false; 6856 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6857 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6858 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6859 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6860 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6861 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6862 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6863 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6864 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6865 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6866 AddedAny = true; 6867 } 6868 } 6869 } 6870 } 6871 6872 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6873 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6874 } 6875 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6876 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6877 } 6878 6879 return AddedAny; 6880 } 6881 6882 namespace { 6883 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6884 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6885 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6886 Scope *S; 6887 Declarator &D; 6888 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6889 bool AddToScope; 6890 }; 6891 } // end anonymous namespace 6892 6893 namespace { 6894 6895 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6896 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6897 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6898 public: 6899 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6900 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6901 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6902 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6903 6904 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6905 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6906 return false; 6907 6908 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6909 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6910 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6911 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6912 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6913 6914 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6915 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6916 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6917 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6918 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6919 return true; 6920 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6921 return true; 6922 } 6923 } 6924 } 6925 6926 return false; 6927 } 6928 6929 private: 6930 ASTContext &Context; 6931 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6932 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6933 }; 6934 6935 } // end anonymous namespace 6936 6937 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6938 /// 6939 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6940 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6941 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6942 /// the same name. 6943 /// 6944 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6945 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6946 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6947 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6948 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6949 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6950 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6951 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6952 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6953 TypoCorrection Correction; 6954 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6955 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6956 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6957 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6958 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6959 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6960 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6961 6962 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6963 if (IsLocalFriend) 6964 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6965 else 6966 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6967 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6968 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6969 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6970 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6971 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6972 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6973 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6974 if (FD && 6975 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6976 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6977 // involve a parameter 6978 unsigned ParamNum = 6979 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6980 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6981 } 6982 } 6983 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6984 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6985 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6986 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6987 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6988 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6989 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6990 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6991 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6992 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6993 Previous.clear(); 6994 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6995 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6996 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6997 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6998 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6999 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7000 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7001 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7002 } 7003 } 7004 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7005 7006 NamedDecl *Result; 7007 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7008 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7009 { 7010 // Trap errors. 7011 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7012 7013 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7014 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7015 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7016 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7017 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7018 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7019 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7020 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7021 7022 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7023 Result = nullptr; 7024 } 7025 7026 if (Result) { 7027 // Determine which correction we picked. 7028 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7029 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7030 I != E; ++I) 7031 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7032 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7033 7034 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7035 Correction, 7036 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7037 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7038 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7039 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7040 return Result; 7041 } 7042 7043 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7044 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7045 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7046 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7047 Previous.clear(); 7048 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7049 } 7050 7051 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7052 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7053 7054 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7055 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7056 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7057 7058 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7059 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7060 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7061 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7062 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7063 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7064 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7065 7066 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7067 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7068 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7069 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7070 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7071 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7072 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7073 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7074 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7075 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7076 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7077 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7078 } else 7079 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7080 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7081 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7082 } 7083 return nullptr; 7084 } 7085 7086 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7087 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7088 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7089 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7090 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7091 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7092 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7093 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7094 D.setInvalidType(); 7095 break; 7096 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7097 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7098 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7099 return SC_None; 7100 return SC_Extern; 7101 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7102 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7103 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7104 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7105 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7106 // other than extern 7107 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7108 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7109 diag::err_static_block_func); 7110 break; 7111 } else 7112 return SC_Static; 7113 } 7114 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7115 } 7116 7117 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7118 return SC_None; 7119 } 7120 7121 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7122 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7123 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7124 StorageClass SC, 7125 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7126 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7127 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7128 7129 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7130 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7131 7132 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7133 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7134 // prototype. This true when: 7135 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7136 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7137 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7138 bool HasPrototype = 7139 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7140 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7141 7142 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7143 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7144 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7145 HasPrototype, false); 7146 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7147 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7148 7149 return NewFD; 7150 } 7151 7152 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7153 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7154 7155 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7156 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7157 // the class has been completely parsed. 7158 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7159 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7160 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7161 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7162 D.setInvalidType(); 7163 7164 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7165 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7166 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7167 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7168 7169 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7170 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7171 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7172 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7173 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7174 isConstexpr); 7175 7176 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7177 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7178 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7179 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7180 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7181 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7182 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7183 D.getLocStart(), 7184 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7185 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7186 7187 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7188 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7189 // it yet. 7190 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7191 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7192 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7193 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7194 } 7195 7196 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7197 return NewDD; 7198 7199 } else { 7200 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7201 D.setInvalidType(); 7202 7203 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7204 // code path. 7205 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7206 D.getLocStart(), 7207 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7208 SC, isInline, 7209 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7210 } 7211 7212 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7213 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7214 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7215 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7216 return nullptr; 7217 } 7218 7219 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7220 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7221 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7222 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7223 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7224 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7225 7226 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7227 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7228 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7229 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7230 // constructor if it has no return type). 7231 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7232 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7233 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7234 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7235 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7236 return nullptr; 7237 } 7238 7239 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7240 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7241 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7242 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7243 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7244 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7245 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7246 return Ret; 7247 } else { 7248 bool isFriend = 7249 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7250 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7251 return nullptr; 7252 7253 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7254 // prototype. This true when: 7255 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7256 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7257 D.getLocStart(), 7258 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7259 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7260 } 7261 } 7262 7263 enum OpenCLParamType { 7264 ValidKernelParam, 7265 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7266 PtrKernelParam, 7267 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7268 InvalidKernelParam, 7269 RecordKernelParam 7270 }; 7271 7272 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7273 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7274 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7275 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7276 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7277 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7278 : PtrKernelParam; 7279 } 7280 7281 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7282 // be used as builtin types. 7283 7284 if (PT->isImageType()) 7285 return PtrKernelParam; 7286 7287 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7288 return InvalidKernelParam; 7289 7290 if (PT->isEventT()) 7291 return InvalidKernelParam; 7292 7293 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7294 return InvalidKernelParam; 7295 7296 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7297 return RecordKernelParam; 7298 7299 return ValidKernelParam; 7300 } 7301 7302 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7303 Sema &S, 7304 Declarator &D, 7305 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7306 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7307 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7308 7309 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7310 // used again 7311 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7312 return; 7313 7314 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7315 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7316 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7317 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7318 // pointer to a pointer type. 7319 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7320 D.setInvalidType(); 7321 return; 7322 7323 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7324 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7325 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7326 // pointer to the private address space. 7327 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7328 D.setInvalidType(); 7329 return; 7330 7331 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7332 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7333 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7334 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7335 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7336 7337 case InvalidKernelParam: 7338 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7339 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7340 // of event_t type. 7341 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7342 D.setInvalidType(); 7343 return; 7344 7345 case PtrKernelParam: 7346 case ValidKernelParam: 7347 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7348 return; 7349 7350 case RecordKernelParam: 7351 break; 7352 } 7353 7354 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7355 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7356 7357 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7358 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7359 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7360 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7361 7362 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7363 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7364 7365 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7366 7367 do { 7368 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7369 if (!Next) { 7370 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7371 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7372 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7373 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7374 7375 continue; 7376 } 7377 7378 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7379 // field itself) to the history stack. 7380 const RecordDecl *RD; 7381 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7382 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7383 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7384 } else { 7385 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7386 } 7387 7388 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7389 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7390 7391 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7392 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7393 7394 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7395 continue; 7396 7397 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7398 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7399 continue; 7400 7401 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7402 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7403 continue; 7404 } 7405 7406 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7407 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7408 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7409 // union. 7410 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7411 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7412 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7413 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7414 << PT->isUnionType() 7415 << PT; 7416 } else { 7417 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7418 } 7419 7420 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7421 << PD->getDeclName(); 7422 7423 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7424 // the offending field came from 7425 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7426 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7427 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7428 I != E; ++I) { 7429 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7430 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7431 << OuterField->getType(); 7432 } 7433 7434 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7435 << QT->isPointerType() 7436 << QT; 7437 D.setInvalidType(); 7438 return; 7439 } 7440 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7441 } 7442 7443 NamedDecl* 7444 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7445 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7446 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7447 bool &AddToScope) { 7448 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7449 7450 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7451 7452 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7453 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7454 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7455 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7456 7457 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7458 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7459 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7460 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7461 7462 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7463 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7464 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7465 7466 bool isFriend = false; 7467 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7468 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7469 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7470 7471 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7472 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7473 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7474 7475 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7476 7477 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7478 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7479 7480 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7481 isVirtualOkay); 7482 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7483 7484 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7485 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7486 7487 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7488 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7489 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7490 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7491 7492 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7493 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7494 7495 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7496 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7497 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7498 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7499 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7500 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7501 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7502 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7503 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7504 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7505 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7506 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7507 } 7508 7509 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7510 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7511 // return true). 7512 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7513 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7514 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7515 NewFD->setPure(true); 7516 7517 // C++ [class.union]p2 7518 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7519 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7520 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7521 } 7522 7523 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7524 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7525 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7526 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7527 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7528 7529 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7530 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7531 bool Invalid = false; 7532 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7533 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7534 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7535 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7536 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7537 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7538 : nullptr, 7539 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7540 Invalid)) { 7541 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7542 // This is a function template 7543 7544 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7545 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7546 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7547 7548 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7549 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7550 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7551 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7552 } 7553 7554 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7555 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7556 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7557 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7558 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7559 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7560 Invalid = true; 7561 } 7562 7563 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7564 NewFD->getLocation(), 7565 Name, TemplateParams, 7566 NewFD); 7567 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7568 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7569 7570 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7571 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7572 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7573 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7574 } 7575 } else { 7576 // This is a function template specialization. 7577 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7578 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7579 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7580 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7581 7582 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7583 if (isFriend) { 7584 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7585 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7586 7587 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7588 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7589 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7590 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7591 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7592 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7593 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7594 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7595 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7596 } 7597 7598 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7599 << Name << RemoveRange 7600 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7601 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7602 } 7603 } 7604 } 7605 else { 7606 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7607 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7608 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7609 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7610 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7611 } 7612 7613 if (Invalid) { 7614 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7615 if (FunctionTemplate) 7616 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7617 } 7618 7619 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7620 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7621 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7622 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7623 // 7624 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7625 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7626 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7627 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7628 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7629 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7630 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7631 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7632 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7633 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7634 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7635 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7636 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7637 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7638 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7639 } else { 7640 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7641 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7642 } 7643 7644 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7645 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7646 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7647 } 7648 7649 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7650 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7651 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7652 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7653 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7654 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7655 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7656 // thing to do. 7657 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7658 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7659 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7660 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7661 QualType Result = 7662 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7663 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7664 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7665 } 7666 7667 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7668 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7669 // declaration. 7670 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7671 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7672 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7673 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7674 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7675 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7676 } 7677 } 7678 7679 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7680 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7681 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7682 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7683 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7684 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7685 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7686 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7687 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7688 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7689 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7690 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7691 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7692 // or conversion function. 7693 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7694 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7695 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7696 } 7697 } 7698 7699 if (isConstexpr) { 7700 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7701 // are implicitly inline. 7702 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7703 7704 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7705 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7706 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7707 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7708 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7709 } 7710 7711 if (isConcept) { 7712 // This is a function concept. 7713 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7714 FTD->setConcept(); 7715 7716 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7717 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7718 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7719 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7720 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7721 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7722 } 7723 7724 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7725 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7726 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7727 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7728 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7729 SourceRange Range; 7730 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7731 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7732 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7733 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7734 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7735 } else { 7736 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7737 } 7738 7739 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7740 // following restrictions: 7741 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 7742 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 7743 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 7744 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7745 } 7746 7747 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7748 // following restrictions: 7749 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7750 // parameter list. 7751 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7752 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7753 } 7754 7755 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7756 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7757 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7758 7759 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7760 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7761 // specifiers, [...] 7762 if (isInline) { 7763 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7764 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7765 << 1 << 1; 7766 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7767 } 7768 7769 if (isFriend) { 7770 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7771 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7772 << 1 << 2; 7773 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7774 } 7775 7776 if (isConstexpr) { 7777 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7778 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7779 << 1 << 3; 7780 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7781 } 7782 7783 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7784 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 7785 // template, declared in namespace scope. 7786 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7787 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7788 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 7789 } 7790 } 7791 7792 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7793 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7794 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7795 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7796 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7797 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7798 << 0 7799 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7800 } else { 7801 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7802 if (FunctionTemplate) 7803 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7804 } 7805 } 7806 7807 if (isFriend) { 7808 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7809 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7810 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7811 } 7812 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7813 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7814 } 7815 7816 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7817 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7818 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7819 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7820 case FDK_Declaration: 7821 case FDK_Definition: 7822 break; 7823 7824 case FDK_Defaulted: 7825 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7826 break; 7827 7828 case FDK_Deleted: 7829 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7830 break; 7831 } 7832 7833 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7834 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7835 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7836 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7837 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7838 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7839 } 7840 7841 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7842 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7843 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7844 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7845 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7846 // the class. 7847 7848 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7849 // member function definition. 7850 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7851 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7852 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7853 } 7854 7855 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7856 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7857 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7858 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7859 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7860 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7861 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7862 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7863 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7864 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7865 } 7866 7867 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7868 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7869 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7870 isExplicitSpecialization || 7871 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7872 7873 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7874 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7875 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7876 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7877 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7878 SE->getString(), 0)); 7879 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7880 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7881 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7882 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7883 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7884 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7885 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7886 } else 7887 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7888 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7889 } 7890 } 7891 7892 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7893 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7894 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7895 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7896 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7897 7898 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7899 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7900 // single void argument. 7901 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7902 // already checks for that case. 7903 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7904 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7905 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7906 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7907 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7908 Params.push_back(Param); 7909 7910 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7911 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7912 } 7913 } 7914 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7915 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7916 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7917 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7918 // 7919 // @code 7920 // typedef void fn(int); 7921 // fn f; 7922 // @endcode 7923 7924 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7925 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7926 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7927 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7928 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7929 Params.push_back(Param); 7930 } 7931 } else { 7932 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7933 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7934 } 7935 7936 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7937 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7938 7939 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7940 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7941 // 7942 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7943 // 7944 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7945 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7946 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7947 7948 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7949 NewFD->addAttr( 7950 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7951 Context, 0)); 7952 7953 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7954 // because all functions have linkage. 7955 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7956 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7957 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7958 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7959 } 7960 7961 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7962 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7963 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7964 NewFD->addAttr( 7965 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7966 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7967 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7968 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7969 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7970 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7971 NewFD)) 7972 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7973 } 7974 7975 // Handle attributes. 7976 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7977 7978 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7979 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7980 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7981 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7982 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7983 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7984 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7985 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7986 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7987 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7988 } 7989 } 7990 7991 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7992 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7993 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7994 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7995 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7996 7997 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7998 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7999 8000 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8001 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8002 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8003 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8004 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8005 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8006 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8007 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8008 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8009 8010 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8011 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8012 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8013 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8014 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8015 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8016 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8017 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8018 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8019 int DiagID = 8020 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8021 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8022 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8023 } 8024 } 8025 } else { 8026 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8027 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8028 // 8029 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8030 // 8031 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8032 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8033 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8034 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8035 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8036 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8037 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8038 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8039 8040 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8041 // argument list into our AST format. 8042 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8043 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8044 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8045 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8046 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8047 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8048 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8049 TemplateArgs); 8050 8051 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8052 8053 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8054 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8055 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8056 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8057 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8058 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8059 8060 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8061 } else { 8062 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8063 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8064 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8065 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8066 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8067 } 8068 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8069 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8070 // wrote something like: 8071 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8072 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8073 // friend void foo<>(int); 8074 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8075 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8076 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8077 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8078 } 8079 8080 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8081 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8082 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8083 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8084 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8085 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8086 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8087 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8088 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 8089 InstantiationDependent))) { 8090 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8091 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8092 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8093 Previous)) 8094 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8095 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8096 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8097 && !isFriend) { 8098 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8099 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8100 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8101 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8102 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8103 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8104 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8105 : nullptr), 8106 Previous)) 8107 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8108 8109 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8110 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8111 // specialization (14.7.3) 8112 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8113 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8114 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8115 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8116 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8117 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8118 << SC 8119 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8120 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8121 8122 else 8123 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8124 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8125 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8126 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8127 } 8128 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8129 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8130 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8131 } 8132 8133 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8134 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8135 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8136 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8137 8138 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8139 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8140 8141 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8142 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8143 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8144 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8145 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8146 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8147 } 8148 8149 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8150 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8151 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8152 8153 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8154 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8155 : NewFD); 8156 8157 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8158 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8159 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8160 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8161 8162 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8163 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8164 } 8165 8166 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8167 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8168 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8169 8170 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8171 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8172 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8173 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8174 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8175 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8176 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8177 : nullptr, 8178 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8179 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8180 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8181 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8182 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8183 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8184 DC->isDependentContext()) 8185 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8186 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8187 } 8188 8189 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8190 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8191 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8192 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8193 AddToScope }; 8194 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8195 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8196 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8197 8198 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8199 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8200 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8201 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8202 8203 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8204 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8205 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8206 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8207 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8208 // can actually do this check immediately. 8209 if (isFriend && 8210 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8211 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8212 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8213 // ignore these 8214 } else { 8215 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8216 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8217 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8218 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8219 // 8220 // class X { 8221 // void f() const; 8222 // }; 8223 // 8224 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8225 // 8226 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8227 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8228 // whether the parameter types are references). 8229 8230 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8231 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8232 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8233 return Result; 8234 } 8235 } 8236 8237 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8238 // to something. 8239 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8240 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8241 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8242 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8243 return Result; 8244 } 8245 } 8246 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8247 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8248 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8249 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8250 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8251 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8252 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8253 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8254 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8255 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8256 // generate them. 8257 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8258 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8259 } 8260 } 8261 8262 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8263 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8264 8265 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8266 8267 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8268 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8269 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8270 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8271 << NewFD; 8272 8273 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8274 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8275 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8276 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8277 EPI.Variadic = true; 8278 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8279 8280 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8281 NewFD->setType(R); 8282 } 8283 8284 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8285 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8286 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8287 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8288 8289 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8290 // marking the function. 8291 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8292 8293 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8294 // a pragma. 8295 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8296 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8297 8298 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8299 // the map of such variables. 8300 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8301 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8302 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8303 8304 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8305 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8306 8307 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8308 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8309 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8310 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8311 } 8312 8313 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8314 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8315 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8316 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8317 return FunctionTemplate; 8318 } 8319 } 8320 8321 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8322 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8323 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8324 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8325 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8326 D.setInvalidType(); 8327 } 8328 8329 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8330 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8331 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8332 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8333 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8334 : FixItHint()); 8335 D.setInvalidType(); 8336 } 8337 8338 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8339 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8340 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8341 } 8342 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 8343 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 8344 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 8345 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8346 8347 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8348 // types. 8349 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8350 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8351 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8352 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8353 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8354 D.setInvalidType(); 8355 } 8356 } 8357 } 8358 } 8359 8360 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8361 8362 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8363 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8364 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8365 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8366 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8367 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8368 8369 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8370 } 8371 8372 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8373 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8374 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8375 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8376 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8377 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8378 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8379 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8380 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8381 } 8382 } 8383 8384 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8385 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8386 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8387 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8388 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8389 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8390 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8391 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8392 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8393 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8394 AddToScope = false; 8395 } 8396 8397 return NewFD; 8398 } 8399 8400 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8401 /// 8402 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8403 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8404 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8405 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8406 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8407 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8408 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8409 /// 8410 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8411 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8412 /// 8413 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8414 /// 8415 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8416 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8417 LookupResult &Previous, 8418 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8419 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8420 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8421 8422 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8423 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8424 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8425 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8426 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8427 8428 bool Redeclaration = false; 8429 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8430 8431 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8432 // the same name, if appropriate. 8433 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8434 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8435 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8436 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8437 // function to the scope. 8438 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8439 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8440 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8441 Redeclaration = true; 8442 OldDecl = Candidate; 8443 } 8444 } else { 8445 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8446 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8447 case Ovl_Match: 8448 Redeclaration = true; 8449 break; 8450 8451 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8452 Redeclaration = true; 8453 break; 8454 8455 case Ovl_Overload: 8456 Redeclaration = false; 8457 break; 8458 } 8459 8460 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8461 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8462 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8463 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8464 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8465 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8466 if (Redeclaration) 8467 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8468 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8469 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8470 if (OverloadedDecl) 8471 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8472 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8473 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8474 } 8475 } 8476 } 8477 8478 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8479 if (!Redeclaration && 8480 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8481 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8482 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8483 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8484 Redeclaration = true; 8485 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8486 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8487 8488 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8489 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8490 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8491 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8492 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8493 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8494 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8495 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8496 } 8497 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8498 Redeclaration = false; 8499 OldDecl = nullptr; 8500 } 8501 } 8502 } 8503 } 8504 8505 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8506 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8507 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8508 // 8509 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8510 // definition of a static member function. 8511 // 8512 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8513 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8514 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8515 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8516 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8517 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8518 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8519 if (OldDecl) 8520 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8521 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8522 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8523 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8524 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8525 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8526 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8527 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8528 8529 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8530 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8531 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8532 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8533 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8534 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8535 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8536 8537 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8538 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8539 } 8540 } 8541 } 8542 8543 if (Redeclaration) { 8544 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8545 // merged. 8546 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8547 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8548 return Redeclaration; 8549 } 8550 8551 Previous.clear(); 8552 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8553 8554 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8555 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8556 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8557 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8558 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8559 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8560 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8561 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8562 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8563 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8564 } 8565 8566 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8567 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8568 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8569 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8570 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8571 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8572 } 8573 8574 } else { 8575 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8576 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8577 8578 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8579 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8580 } 8581 } 8582 8583 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8584 8585 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8586 // C++-specific checks. 8587 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8588 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8589 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8590 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8591 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8592 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8593 8594 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8595 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8596 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8597 DeclarationName Name 8598 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8599 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8600 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8601 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8602 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8603 return Redeclaration; 8604 } 8605 } 8606 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8607 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8608 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8609 } 8610 8611 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8612 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8613 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8614 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8615 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8616 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8617 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8618 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8619 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8620 } 8621 } 8622 } 8623 8624 if (Method->isStatic()) 8625 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8626 } 8627 8628 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8629 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8630 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8631 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8632 return Redeclaration; 8633 } 8634 8635 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8636 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8637 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8638 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8639 return Redeclaration; 8640 } 8641 8642 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8643 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8644 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8645 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8646 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8647 8648 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8649 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8650 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8651 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8652 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8653 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8654 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8655 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8656 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8657 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8658 } 8659 } 8660 8661 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8662 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8663 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8664 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8665 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8666 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8667 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8668 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8669 << NewFD << R; 8670 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8671 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8672 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8673 } 8674 } 8675 return Redeclaration; 8676 } 8677 8678 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8679 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8680 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8681 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8682 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8683 // appear in a declaration of main. 8684 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8685 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8686 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8687 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8688 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8689 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8690 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8691 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8692 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8693 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8694 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8695 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8696 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8697 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8698 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8699 } 8700 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8701 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8702 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8703 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8704 } 8705 8706 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8707 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8708 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8709 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8710 return; 8711 } 8712 8713 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8714 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8715 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8716 8717 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8718 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8719 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8720 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8721 8722 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8723 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8724 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8725 else { 8726 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8727 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8728 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8729 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8730 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8731 } 8732 } else { 8733 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8734 // set the flag which tells us that. 8735 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8736 8737 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8738 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8739 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8740 else { 8741 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8742 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8743 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8744 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8745 : FixItHint()); 8746 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8747 } 8748 } 8749 8750 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8751 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8752 8753 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8754 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8755 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8756 8757 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8758 8759 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8760 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8761 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8762 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8763 } 8764 8765 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8766 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8767 // getting shifty. 8768 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8769 HasExtraParameters = false; 8770 8771 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8772 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8773 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8774 nparams = 3; 8775 } 8776 8777 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8778 // if we had some location information about types. 8779 8780 QualType CharPP = 8781 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8782 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8783 8784 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8785 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8786 8787 bool mismatch = true; 8788 8789 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8790 mismatch = false; 8791 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8792 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8793 // char const ** 8794 // char const * const * 8795 // char * const * 8796 8797 QualifierCollector qs; 8798 const PointerType* PT; 8799 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8800 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8801 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8802 Context.CharTy)) { 8803 qs.removeConst(); 8804 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8805 } 8806 } 8807 8808 if (mismatch) { 8809 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8810 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8811 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8812 } 8813 } 8814 8815 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8816 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8817 } 8818 8819 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8820 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8821 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8822 } 8823 } 8824 8825 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8826 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8827 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8828 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8829 8830 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8831 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8832 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8833 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8834 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8835 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8836 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8837 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8838 8839 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8840 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8841 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8842 } 8843 } 8844 8845 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8846 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8847 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8848 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8849 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8850 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8851 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8852 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8853 // rules there don't matter.) 8854 const Expr *Culprit; 8855 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8856 return false; 8857 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8858 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8859 return true; 8860 } 8861 8862 namespace { 8863 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8864 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8865 class SelfReferenceChecker 8866 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8867 Sema &S; 8868 Decl *OrigDecl; 8869 bool isRecordType; 8870 bool isPODType; 8871 bool isReferenceType; 8872 8873 bool isInitList; 8874 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8875 8876 public: 8877 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8878 8879 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8880 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8881 isPODType = false; 8882 isRecordType = false; 8883 isReferenceType = false; 8884 isInitList = false; 8885 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8886 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8887 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8888 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8889 } 8890 } 8891 8892 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8893 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8894 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8895 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8896 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8897 if (!InitList) { 8898 Visit(E); 8899 return; 8900 } 8901 8902 // Track and increment the index here. 8903 isInitList = true; 8904 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8905 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8906 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8907 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8908 } 8909 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8910 } 8911 8912 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8913 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8914 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8915 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8916 Expr *Base = E; 8917 bool ReferenceField = false; 8918 8919 // Get the field memebers used. 8920 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8921 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8922 if (!FD) 8923 return false; 8924 Fields.push_back(FD); 8925 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8926 ReferenceField = true; 8927 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8928 } 8929 8930 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8931 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8932 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8933 return false; 8934 8935 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8936 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8937 return true; 8938 8939 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8940 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8941 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8942 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8943 8944 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8945 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8946 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8947 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8948 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8949 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8950 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8951 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8952 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8953 return true; 8954 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8955 break; 8956 } 8957 8958 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8959 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8960 return true; 8961 } 8962 8963 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8964 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8965 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8966 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8967 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8968 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8969 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8970 return; 8971 } 8972 8973 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8974 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8975 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8976 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8977 return; 8978 } 8979 8980 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8981 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8982 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8983 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8984 return; 8985 } 8986 8987 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8988 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8989 return; 8990 } 8991 8992 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8993 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8994 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8995 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8996 return; 8997 } 8998 } 8999 9000 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9001 if (isInitList) { 9002 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9003 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9004 return; 9005 } 9006 9007 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9008 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9009 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9010 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9011 return; 9012 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9013 } 9014 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9015 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9016 return; 9017 } 9018 9019 Visit(E); 9020 } 9021 9022 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9023 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9024 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9025 if (isReferenceType) 9026 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9027 } 9028 9029 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9030 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9031 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9032 return; 9033 } 9034 9035 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9036 } 9037 9038 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9039 if (isInitList) { 9040 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9041 return; 9042 } 9043 9044 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9045 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9046 9047 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9048 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9049 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9050 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9051 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9052 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9053 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9054 Warn = false; 9055 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9056 } 9057 9058 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9059 if (Warn) 9060 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9061 return; 9062 } 9063 9064 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9065 // Visit that expression. 9066 Visit(Base); 9067 } 9068 9069 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9070 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9071 9072 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9073 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9074 9075 Visit(Callee); 9076 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9077 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9078 } 9079 9080 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9081 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9082 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9083 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9084 if (!isPODType) 9085 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9086 return; 9087 } 9088 9089 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9090 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9091 return; 9092 } 9093 9094 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9095 } 9096 9097 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9098 9099 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9100 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9101 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9102 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9103 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9104 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9105 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9106 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9107 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9108 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9109 return; 9110 } 9111 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9112 } 9113 9114 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9115 // Treat std::move as a use. 9116 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9117 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9118 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9119 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9120 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9121 return; 9122 } 9123 } 9124 } 9125 9126 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9127 } 9128 9129 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9130 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9131 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9132 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9133 return; 9134 } 9135 9136 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9137 } 9138 9139 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9140 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9141 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9142 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9143 Visit(E->getCond()); 9144 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9145 } 9146 9147 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9148 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9149 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9150 unsigned diag; 9151 if (isReferenceType) { 9152 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9153 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9154 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9155 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9156 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9157 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9158 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9159 } else { 9160 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9161 return; 9162 } 9163 9164 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9165 S.PDiag(diag) 9166 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9167 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9168 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9169 } 9170 }; 9171 9172 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9173 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9174 bool DirectInit) { 9175 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9176 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9177 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9178 return; 9179 9180 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9181 9182 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9183 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9184 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9185 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9186 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9187 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9188 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9189 return; 9190 9191 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9192 } 9193 } // end anonymous namespace 9194 9195 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9196 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9197 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9198 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9199 Expr *Init) { 9200 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9201 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9202 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9203 9204 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9205 if (DirectInit) { 9206 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9207 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9208 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9209 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9210 } 9211 9212 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9213 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9214 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9215 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9216 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9217 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9218 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9219 << Name << Type << Range; 9220 return QualType(); 9221 } 9222 9223 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9224 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9225 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9226 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9227 << Name << Type << Range; 9228 return QualType(); 9229 } 9230 9231 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9232 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9233 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9234 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9235 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9236 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9237 return QualType(); 9238 } 9239 9240 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9241 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9242 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9243 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9244 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9245 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9246 return QualType(); 9247 } 9248 Init = Result.get(); 9249 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9250 } 9251 9252 QualType DeducedType; 9253 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9254 if (!IsInitCapture) 9255 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9256 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9257 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9258 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9259 << Name 9260 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9261 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9262 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9263 else 9264 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9265 << Name << TSI->getType() 9266 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9267 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9268 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9269 } 9270 9271 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9272 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9273 // checks. 9274 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9275 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9276 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9277 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9278 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9279 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9280 } 9281 9282 return DeducedType; 9283 } 9284 9285 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9286 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9287 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9288 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9289 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9290 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9291 // the initializer. 9292 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9293 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9294 return; 9295 } 9296 9297 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9298 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9299 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9300 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9301 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9302 return; 9303 } 9304 9305 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9306 if (!VDecl) { 9307 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9308 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9309 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9310 return; 9311 } 9312 9313 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9314 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9315 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9316 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9317 // TypoExpr. 9318 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9319 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9320 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9321 return; 9322 } 9323 Init = Res.get(); 9324 9325 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9326 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9327 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9328 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9329 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9330 return; 9331 } 9332 9333 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9334 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9335 9336 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9337 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9338 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9339 9340 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9341 // the previously declared type. 9342 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9343 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9344 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9345 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9346 } 9347 9348 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9349 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9350 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9351 return; 9352 } 9353 9354 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9355 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9356 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9357 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9358 return; 9359 } 9360 9361 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9362 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9363 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9364 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9365 return; 9366 } 9367 9368 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9369 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9370 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9371 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9372 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9373 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9374 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9375 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9376 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9377 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9378 return; 9379 } 9380 9381 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9382 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9383 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9384 AbstractVariableType)) 9385 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9386 } 9387 9388 VarDecl *Def; 9389 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9390 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9391 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9392 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9393 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9394 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9395 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9396 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9397 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9398 } else { 9399 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9400 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9401 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9402 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9403 return; 9404 } 9405 } 9406 9407 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9408 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9409 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9410 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9411 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9412 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9413 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9414 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9415 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9416 // 9417 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9418 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9419 // declaration with an initializer. 9420 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9421 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9422 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9423 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9424 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9425 << 0; 9426 return; 9427 } 9428 9429 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9430 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9431 9432 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9433 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9434 return; 9435 } 9436 } 9437 9438 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9439 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9440 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9441 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9442 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9443 return; 9444 } 9445 9446 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9447 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9448 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9449 9450 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9451 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9452 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9453 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9454 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9455 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9456 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9457 return; 9458 } 9459 Init = Result.get(); 9460 } 9461 9462 // Perform the initialization. 9463 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9464 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9465 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9466 InitializationKind Kind = 9467 DirectInit 9468 ? CXXDirectInit 9469 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9470 Init->getLocStart(), 9471 Init->getLocEnd()) 9472 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9473 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9474 Init->getLocStart()); 9475 9476 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9477 if (CXXDirectInit) 9478 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9479 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9480 9481 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9482 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9483 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9484 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9485 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9486 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9487 }); 9488 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9489 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9490 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9491 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9492 } 9493 } 9494 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9495 return; 9496 9497 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9498 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9499 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9500 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9501 return; 9502 } 9503 9504 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9505 } 9506 9507 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9508 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9509 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9510 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9511 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9512 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9513 } 9514 9515 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9516 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9517 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9518 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9519 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9520 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9521 9522 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9523 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9524 9525 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9526 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9527 9528 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9529 // Although this code can still have problems: 9530 // id x = self.weakProp; 9531 // id y = self.weakProp; 9532 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9533 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9534 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9535 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9536 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9537 Init->getLocStart())) 9538 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9539 } 9540 9541 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9542 // 9543 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9544 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9545 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9546 // 9547 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9548 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9549 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9550 // 9551 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9552 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9553 false, 9554 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9555 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9556 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9557 return; 9558 } 9559 Init = Result.get(); 9560 9561 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9562 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9563 9564 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9565 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9566 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9567 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9568 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9569 const Expr *Culprit; 9570 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9571 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9572 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9573 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9574 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9575 // constant expressions. 9576 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9577 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9578 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9579 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9580 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9581 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9582 } 9583 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9584 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9585 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9586 // 9587 // struct S { 9588 // static const int value = 17; 9589 // }; 9590 9591 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9592 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9593 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9594 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9595 // 9596 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9597 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9598 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9599 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9600 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9601 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9602 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9603 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9604 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9605 9606 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9607 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9608 9609 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9610 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9611 // type. 9612 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9613 9614 // Require constness. 9615 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9616 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9617 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9618 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9619 9620 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9621 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9622 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9623 SourceLocation Loc; 9624 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9625 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9626 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9627 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9628 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9629 ; // Nothing to check. 9630 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9631 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9632 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9633 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9634 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9635 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9636 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9637 } else { 9638 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9639 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9640 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9641 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9642 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9643 } 9644 9645 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9646 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9647 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9648 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9649 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9650 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9651 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9652 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9653 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9654 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9655 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9656 } else { 9657 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9658 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9659 9660 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9661 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9662 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9663 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9664 } 9665 } 9666 9667 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9668 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9669 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9670 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9671 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9672 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9673 9674 } else { 9675 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9676 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9677 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9678 } 9679 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9680 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9681 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9682 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9683 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9684 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9685 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9686 9687 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9688 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9689 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9690 } 9691 9692 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9693 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9694 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9695 // 9696 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9697 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9698 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9699 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9700 // special case code. 9701 9702 // C++ 8.5p11: 9703 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9704 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9705 // class type. 9706 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9707 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9708 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9709 } else if (DirectInit) { 9710 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9711 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9712 } 9713 9714 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9715 } 9716 9717 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9718 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9719 /// of sanity. 9720 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9721 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9722 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9723 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9724 9725 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9726 if (!VD) return; 9727 9728 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9729 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9730 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9731 return; 9732 } 9733 9734 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9735 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9736 9737 // Require a complete type. 9738 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9739 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9740 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9741 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9742 return; 9743 } 9744 9745 // Require a non-abstract type. 9746 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9747 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9748 AbstractVariableType)) { 9749 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9750 return; 9751 } 9752 9753 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9754 // though. 9755 } 9756 9757 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9758 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9759 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9760 if (!RealDecl) 9761 return; 9762 9763 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9764 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9765 9766 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9767 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9768 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9769 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9770 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9771 return; 9772 } 9773 9774 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9775 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9776 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9777 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9778 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9779 // member. 9780 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9781 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9782 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9783 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9784 << Var->getDeclName(); 9785 else 9786 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9787 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9788 return; 9789 } 9790 9791 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9792 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9793 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9794 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 9795 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 9796 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9797 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9798 return; 9799 } 9800 } 9801 9802 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9803 // be initialized. 9804 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9805 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9806 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9807 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9808 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9809 return; 9810 } 9811 9812 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9813 case VarDecl::Definition: 9814 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9815 break; 9816 9817 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9818 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9819 // a declaration. 9820 // 9821 // Fall through 9822 9823 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9824 // It's only a declaration. 9825 9826 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9827 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9828 // object shall be complete. 9829 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9830 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9831 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9832 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9833 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9834 9835 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9836 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9837 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9838 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9839 AbstractVariableType)) 9840 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9841 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9842 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9843 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9844 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9845 } 9846 9847 return; 9848 9849 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9850 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9851 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9852 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9853 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9854 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9855 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9856 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9857 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9858 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9859 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9860 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9861 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9862 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9863 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9864 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9865 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9866 // NOTE: code such as the following 9867 // static struct s; 9868 // struct s { int a; }; 9869 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9870 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9871 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9872 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9873 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9874 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9875 } 9876 } 9877 9878 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9879 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9880 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9881 return; 9882 } 9883 9884 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9885 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9886 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9887 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9888 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9889 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9890 return; 9891 } 9892 9893 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9894 // definitions with reference type. 9895 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9896 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9897 << Var->getDeclName() 9898 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9899 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9900 return; 9901 } 9902 9903 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9904 // variable with dependent type. 9905 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9906 return; 9907 9908 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9909 return; 9910 9911 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9912 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9913 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9914 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9915 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9916 return; 9917 } 9918 } else { 9919 return; 9920 } 9921 9922 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9923 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9924 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9925 AbstractVariableType)) { 9926 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9927 return; 9928 } 9929 9930 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9931 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9932 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9933 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9934 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9935 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9936 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9937 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9938 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9939 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9940 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9941 if (const RecordType *Record 9942 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9943 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9944 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9945 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9946 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9947 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9948 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9949 } 9950 } 9951 9952 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9953 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9954 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9955 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9956 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9957 // type shall have a user-declared default 9958 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9959 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9960 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9961 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9962 // program is ill-formed. 9963 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9964 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9965 // default-initialized; [...]. 9966 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9967 InitializationKind Kind 9968 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9969 9970 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9971 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9972 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9973 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9974 else if (Init.get()) { 9975 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9976 // This is important for template substitution. 9977 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9978 } 9979 9980 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9981 } 9982 } 9983 9984 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9985 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 9986 if (!D) 9987 return; 9988 9989 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9990 if (!VD) { 9991 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9992 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9993 return; 9994 } 9995 9996 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9997 9998 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9999 int Error = -1; 10000 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10001 case SC_None: 10002 break; 10003 case SC_Extern: 10004 Error = 0; 10005 break; 10006 case SC_Static: 10007 Error = 1; 10008 break; 10009 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10010 Error = 2; 10011 break; 10012 case SC_Auto: 10013 Error = 3; 10014 break; 10015 case SC_Register: 10016 Error = 4; 10017 break; 10018 } 10019 if (Error != -1) { 10020 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10021 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10022 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10023 } 10024 } 10025 10026 StmtResult 10027 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10028 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10029 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10030 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10031 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10032 // A range-based for statement of the form 10033 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10034 // is equivalent to 10035 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10036 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10037 10038 const char *PrevSpec; 10039 unsigned DiagID; 10040 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10041 getPrintingPolicy()); 10042 10043 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10044 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10045 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10046 10047 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10048 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10049 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10050 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10051 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10052 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10053 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10054 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10055 } 10056 10057 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10058 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10059 10060 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10061 // local retaining variable. 10062 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10063 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10064 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10065 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10066 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10067 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10068 break; 10069 10070 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10071 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10072 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10073 break; 10074 } 10075 } 10076 10077 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10078 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10079 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10080 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10081 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10082 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10083 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10084 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10085 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10086 var->getLocation())) { 10087 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10088 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10089 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10090 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10091 10092 if (!prev) 10093 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10094 } 10095 10096 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10097 const Expr *Culprit; 10098 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10099 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10100 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10101 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10102 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10103 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10104 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10105 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 10106 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10107 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 10108 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10109 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10110 // initialization. 10111 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10112 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10113 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10114 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10115 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10116 } 10117 } 10118 10119 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10120 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10121 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10122 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10123 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10124 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10125 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10126 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10127 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10128 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10129 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10130 } else { 10131 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10132 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10133 } 10134 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10135 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10136 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10137 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10138 } 10139 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10140 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10141 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10142 10143 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10144 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10145 // attribute. 10146 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10147 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10148 CurInitSegLoc)); 10149 } 10150 10151 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10152 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 10153 10154 QualType type = var->getType(); 10155 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10156 10157 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10158 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10159 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10160 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10161 10162 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10163 // constructing this copy. 10164 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10165 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10166 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10167 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10168 ExprResult result 10169 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10170 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10171 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10172 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10173 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10174 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10175 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10176 } 10177 } 10178 } 10179 10180 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10181 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10182 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10183 10184 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10185 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10186 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10187 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10188 var->getLocation())) { 10189 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10190 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10191 // warned about them. 10192 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10193 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10194 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10195 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10196 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10197 } 10198 10199 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10200 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10201 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10202 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10203 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10204 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10205 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10206 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10207 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10208 Notes.clear(); 10209 } 10210 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10211 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10212 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10213 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10214 } 10215 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10216 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10217 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10218 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10219 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10220 } 10221 } 10222 10223 // Require the destructor. 10224 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10225 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10226 } 10227 10228 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10229 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10230 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10231 return true; 10232 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10233 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10234 return true; 10235 return false; 10236 } 10237 10238 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10239 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10240 void 10241 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10242 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10243 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10244 10245 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10246 if (!VD) 10247 return; 10248 10249 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10250 10251 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10252 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10253 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10254 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10255 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10256 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10257 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10258 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10259 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10260 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10261 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10262 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10263 } 10264 } 10265 } 10266 10267 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10268 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10269 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10270 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10271 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10272 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10273 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10274 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10275 } 10276 } 10277 } 10278 10279 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 10280 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 10281 // 7.5). CUDA also allows constant initializers for __constant__ and 10282 // __device__ variables. 10283 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) { 10284 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 10285 const bool IsGlobal = VD->hasGlobalStorage() && !VD->isStaticLocal(); 10286 if (Init && IsGlobal && 10287 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 10288 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())) { 10289 bool AllowedInit = false; 10290 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 10291 AllowedInit = 10292 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 10293 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 10294 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 10295 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 10296 if (!AllowedInit && 10297 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 10298 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10299 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 10300 10301 if (!AllowedInit) { 10302 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 10303 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 10304 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 10305 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10306 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10307 } 10308 } 10309 } 10310 10311 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10312 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10313 10314 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10315 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10316 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10317 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10318 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10319 // with a warning. 10320 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10321 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10322 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10323 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10324 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10325 10326 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10327 IsClassTemplateMember 10328 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10329 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10330 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10331 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10332 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10333 } 10334 } 10335 10336 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10337 // isn't exported with the variable. 10338 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10339 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10340 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10341 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10342 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10343 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10344 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10345 } else { 10346 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10347 << DLLAttr; 10348 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10349 } 10350 } 10351 10352 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10353 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10354 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10355 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10356 } 10357 } 10358 10359 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10360 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10361 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10362 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10363 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10364 10365 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10366 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10367 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10368 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10369 10370 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10371 // tag values. 10372 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10373 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10374 return; 10375 10376 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10377 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10378 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10379 continue; 10380 } 10381 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10382 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10383 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10384 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10385 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10386 continue; 10387 } 10388 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10389 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10390 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10391 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10392 continue; 10393 } 10394 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10395 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10396 MagicValue, 10397 I->getMatchingCType(), 10398 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10399 I->getMustBeNull()); 10400 } 10401 } 10402 10403 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10404 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10405 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10406 10407 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10408 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10409 10410 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10411 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10412 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10413 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10414 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10415 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10416 Decls.push_back(D); 10417 } 10418 10419 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10420 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10421 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10422 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10423 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10424 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10425 } 10426 } 10427 10428 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10429 } 10430 10431 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10432 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10433 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10434 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10435 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10436 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10437 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10438 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10439 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10440 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10441 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10442 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10443 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10444 QualType Deduced; 10445 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10446 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10447 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10448 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10449 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10450 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10451 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10452 break; 10453 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10454 if (!U.isNull()) { 10455 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10456 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10457 Deduced = U; 10458 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10459 DeducedDecl = D; 10460 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10461 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10462 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10463 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10464 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10465 << U << D->getDeclName() 10466 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10467 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10468 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10469 break; 10470 } 10471 } 10472 } 10473 } 10474 } 10475 10476 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10477 10478 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10479 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10480 } 10481 10482 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10483 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10484 } 10485 10486 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10487 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10488 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10489 return; 10490 10491 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10492 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10493 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10494 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10495 return; 10496 10497 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10498 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10499 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10500 // additional declaration references: 10501 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10502 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10503 // 'struct S *pS;' 10504 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10505 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10506 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10507 Group = Group.slice(1); 10508 } 10509 } 10510 10511 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10512 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10513 if (!Comments.empty() && 10514 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10515 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10516 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10517 // 10518 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10519 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10520 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10521 // ahead through comments. 10522 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10523 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10524 } 10525 } 10526 10527 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10528 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10529 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10530 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10531 10532 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10533 10534 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10535 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10536 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10537 SC = SC_Register; 10538 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10539 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10540 SC = SC_Auto; 10541 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10542 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10543 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10544 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10545 } 10546 10547 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10548 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10549 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10550 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10551 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10552 << 0; 10553 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10554 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10555 10556 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10557 10558 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10559 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10560 10561 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10562 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10563 // parameter. 10564 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10565 10566 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10567 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10568 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10569 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10570 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10571 } 10572 } 10573 10574 // Ensure we have a valid name 10575 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10576 if (D.hasName()) { 10577 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10578 if (!II) { 10579 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10580 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10581 D.setInvalidType(true); 10582 } 10583 } 10584 10585 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10586 if (II) { 10587 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10588 ForRedeclaration); 10589 LookupName(R, S); 10590 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10591 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10592 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10593 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10594 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10595 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10596 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10597 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10598 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10599 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10600 10601 // Recover by removing the name 10602 II = nullptr; 10603 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10604 D.setInvalidType(true); 10605 } 10606 } 10607 } 10608 10609 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10610 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10611 // looking like class members in C++. 10612 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10613 D.getLocStart(), 10614 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10615 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10616 SC); 10617 10618 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10619 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10620 10621 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10622 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10623 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10624 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10625 10626 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10627 S->AddDecl(New); 10628 if (II) 10629 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10630 10631 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10632 10633 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10634 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10635 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10636 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10637 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10638 10639 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10640 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10641 } 10642 return New; 10643 } 10644 10645 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10646 /// typedef. 10647 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10648 SourceLocation Loc, 10649 QualType T) { 10650 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10651 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10652 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10653 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10654 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10655 SC_None, nullptr); 10656 Param->setImplicit(); 10657 return Param; 10658 } 10659 10660 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10661 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10662 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10663 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10664 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10665 return; 10666 10667 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10668 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10669 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10670 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10671 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10672 } 10673 } 10674 } 10675 10676 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10677 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10678 QualType ReturnTy, 10679 NamedDecl *D) { 10680 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10681 return; 10682 10683 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10684 // threshold. 10685 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10686 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10687 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10688 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10689 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10690 } 10691 10692 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10693 // threshold. 10694 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10695 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10696 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10697 continue; 10698 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10699 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10700 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10701 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10702 } 10703 } 10704 10705 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10706 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10707 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10708 StorageClass SC) { 10709 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10710 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10711 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10712 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10713 10714 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10715 10716 // Special cases for arrays: 10717 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10718 // - otherwise, it's an error 10719 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10720 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10721 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10722 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10723 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10724 } 10725 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10726 } else { 10727 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10728 } 10729 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10730 } 10731 10732 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10733 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10734 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10735 10736 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10737 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10738 // the class has been completely parsed. 10739 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10740 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10741 AbstractParamType)) 10742 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10743 10744 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10745 // passed by reference. 10746 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10747 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10748 Diag(NameLoc, 10749 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10750 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10751 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10752 New->setType(T); 10753 } 10754 10755 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10756 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10757 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10758 // an address space. 10759 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10760 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10761 // to be qualified with an address space. 10762 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10763 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10764 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10765 } 10766 } 10767 10768 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9b - Pointer to image/sampler cannot be used. 10769 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pointer to pipe cannot be used. 10770 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isPointerType()) { 10771 const QualType PTy = T->getPointeeType(); 10772 if (PTy->isImageType() || PTy->isSamplerT() || PTy->isPipeType()) { 10773 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_opencl_pointer_to_type) << PTy; 10774 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10775 } 10776 } 10777 10778 return New; 10779 } 10780 10781 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10782 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10783 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10784 10785 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10786 // for a K&R function. 10787 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10788 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10789 --i; 10790 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10791 SmallString<256> Code; 10792 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10793 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10794 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10795 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10796 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10797 10798 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10799 // type. 10800 AttributeFactory attrs; 10801 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10802 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10803 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10804 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10805 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10806 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10807 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10808 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10809 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10810 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10811 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10812 } 10813 } 10814 } 10815 } 10816 10817 Decl * 10818 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 10819 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10820 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10821 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10822 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10823 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10824 10825 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10826 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 10827 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 10828 } 10829 10830 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10831 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10832 } 10833 10834 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10835 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10836 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10837 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10838 return false; 10839 10840 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10841 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10842 return false; 10843 10844 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10845 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10846 return false; 10847 10848 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10849 if (FD->isMain()) 10850 return false; 10851 10852 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10853 if (FD->isInlined()) 10854 return false; 10855 10856 // Don't warn about function templates. 10857 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10858 return false; 10859 10860 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10861 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10862 return false; 10863 10864 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10865 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10866 return false; 10867 10868 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10869 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10870 return false; 10871 10872 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10873 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10874 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10875 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10876 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10877 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10878 continue; 10879 10880 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10881 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10882 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10883 break; 10884 } 10885 10886 return MissingPrototype; 10887 } 10888 10889 void 10890 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10891 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 10892 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10893 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10894 // was an extern inline function. 10895 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10896 if (!Definition) 10897 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10898 return; 10899 10900 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10901 return; 10902 10903 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10904 // a template, skip the new definition. 10905 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10906 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10907 Definition->isInlined() || 10908 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10909 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 10910 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 10911 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10912 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 10913 else 10914 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 10915 FD->getLocation()); 10916 return; 10917 } 10918 10919 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10920 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10921 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10922 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10923 else 10924 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10925 10926 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10927 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10928 } 10929 10930 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10931 Sema &S) { 10932 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10933 10934 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10935 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10936 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10937 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10938 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10939 10940 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10941 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10942 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10943 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10944 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10945 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10946 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10947 10948 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10949 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10950 10951 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10952 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10953 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10954 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10955 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10956 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10957 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10958 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10959 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10960 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10961 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10962 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10963 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10964 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10965 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10966 10967 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10968 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10969 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10970 } else { 10971 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10972 } 10973 ++I; 10974 } 10975 } 10976 10977 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 10978 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10979 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10980 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10981 10982 if (!D) 10983 return D; 10984 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10985 10986 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10987 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10988 else 10989 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10990 10991 // See if this is a redefinition. 10992 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 10993 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 10994 10995 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 10996 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 10997 return D; 10998 } 10999 11000 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11001 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11002 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11003 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11004 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11005 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11006 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11007 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11008 // have the LSI properly restored. 11009 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11010 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11011 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11012 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11013 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11014 } 11015 else 11016 // Enter a new function scope 11017 PushFunctionScope(); 11018 11019 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11020 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11021 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11022 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11023 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11024 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11025 } 11026 } 11027 11028 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11029 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11030 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11031 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11032 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11033 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11034 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11035 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11036 11037 if (FnBodyScope) 11038 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11039 11040 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11041 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11042 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11043 11044 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11045 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 11046 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11047 11048 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11049 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11050 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11051 11052 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11053 } 11054 } 11055 11056 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 11057 // introduce them into the function scope. 11058 if (FnBodyScope) { 11059 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 11060 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 11061 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 11062 I != E; ++I) { 11063 NamedDecl *D = *I; 11064 11065 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 11066 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 11067 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 11068 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 11069 // Is the decl actually in the context? 11070 if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D)) 11071 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 11072 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 11073 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11074 } 11075 11076 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 11077 if (!D->getName().empty()) 11078 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11079 11080 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11081 // accessible in this scope. 11082 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 11083 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11084 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11085 } 11086 } 11087 } 11088 11089 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11090 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11091 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11092 11093 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11094 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11095 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11096 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11097 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11098 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11099 return D; 11100 } 11101 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11102 // a function template). 11103 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11104 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11105 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11106 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11107 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11108 11109 return D; 11110 } 11111 11112 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11113 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11114 /// optimization. 11115 /// 11116 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11117 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11118 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11119 /// use the named return value optimization. 11120 /// 11121 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11122 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11123 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11124 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11125 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11126 11127 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11128 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11129 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11130 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11131 } 11132 } 11133 } 11134 11135 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11136 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11137 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11138 return false; 11139 11140 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11141 // return type (yet). 11142 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11143 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11144 // we can still delay parsing it. 11145 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11146 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11147 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11148 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11149 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11150 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11151 } 11152 } 11153 return false; 11154 } 11155 11156 return true; 11157 } 11158 11159 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11160 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11161 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11162 // rest of the file. 11163 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11164 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11165 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11166 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11167 return false; 11168 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11169 } 11170 11171 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11172 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11173 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11174 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11175 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11176 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 11177 } 11178 11179 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11180 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11181 } 11182 11183 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11184 bool IsInstantiation) { 11185 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11186 11187 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11188 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11189 11190 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11191 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11192 11193 if (FD) { 11194 FD->setBody(Body); 11195 11196 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11197 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11198 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11199 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11200 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11201 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11202 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11203 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11204 << FD->getReturnType(); 11205 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11206 } else { 11207 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11208 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11209 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11210 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11211 } 11212 } 11213 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11214 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11215 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11216 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11217 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11218 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11219 11220 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11221 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11222 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11223 QualType RetType = 11224 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11225 11226 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11227 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11228 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11229 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11230 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11231 } 11232 } 11233 11234 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11235 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11236 // is the first declaration. 11237 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11238 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11239 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11240 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11241 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11242 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11243 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11244 } 11245 11246 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11247 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11248 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11249 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11250 11251 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11252 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11253 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11254 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11255 11256 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11257 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11258 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11259 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 11260 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11261 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11262 11263 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11264 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11265 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11266 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11267 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11268 11269 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11270 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11271 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11272 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11273 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11274 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11275 } 11276 11277 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11278 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11279 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11280 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11281 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11282 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11283 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11284 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11285 11286 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11287 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11288 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11289 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11290 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11291 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11292 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11293 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11294 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11295 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11296 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11297 } 11298 } 11299 } 11300 11301 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11302 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11303 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11304 MD->isVirtual() && 11305 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11306 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11307 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11308 if (FD->isInlined() && 11309 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11310 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11311 11312 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11313 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11314 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11315 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11316 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11317 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11318 } else { 11319 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11320 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11321 } 11322 } 11323 } 11324 11325 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11326 "Function parsing confused"); 11327 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11328 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11329 MD->setBody(Body); 11330 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11331 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 11332 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 11333 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11334 11335 if (Body) 11336 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11337 } 11338 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11339 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11340 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11341 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11342 } 11343 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11344 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11345 bool isDesignated = 11346 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11347 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11348 (void)isDesignated; 11349 11350 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11351 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11352 if (!IFace) 11353 return false; 11354 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11355 if (!SuperD) 11356 return false; 11357 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11358 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11359 }; 11360 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11361 // of NSObject. 11362 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11363 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11364 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11365 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11366 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11367 } 11368 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11369 } 11370 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11371 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11372 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11373 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11374 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11375 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11376 } 11377 } else { 11378 return nullptr; 11379 } 11380 11381 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11382 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11383 "handled in the block above."); 11384 11385 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11386 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11387 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11388 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11389 // Verify this. 11390 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11391 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11392 11393 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11394 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11395 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11396 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11397 11398 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11399 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11400 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11401 11402 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11403 Destructor->getParent()); 11404 } 11405 11406 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11407 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11408 // deletion in some later function. 11409 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11410 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11411 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11412 } 11413 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11414 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11415 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11416 // enabled. 11417 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11418 } 11419 11420 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11421 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11422 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11423 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11424 11425 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11426 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11427 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11428 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11429 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11430 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11431 break; 11432 } 11433 } 11434 } 11435 11436 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11437 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11438 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11439 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11440 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11441 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11442 } 11443 11444 if (!IsInstantiation) 11445 PopDeclContext(); 11446 11447 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11448 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11449 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11450 // deletion in some later function. 11451 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11452 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11453 } 11454 11455 return dcl; 11456 } 11457 11458 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11459 /// relevant Decl. 11460 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11461 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11462 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11463 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11464 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11465 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11466 11467 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11468 if (Method->isStatic()) 11469 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11470 } 11471 11472 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11473 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11474 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11475 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11476 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11477 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11478 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11479 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11480 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11481 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11482 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11483 return ExternCPrev; 11484 } 11485 11486 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11487 unsigned diag_id; 11488 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11489 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11490 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11491 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11492 else 11493 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11494 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11495 11496 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11497 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11498 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11499 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11500 if (S && 11501 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11502 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11503 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11504 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11505 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11506 } 11507 11508 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11509 const char *Dummy; 11510 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11511 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11512 unsigned DiagID; 11513 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11514 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11515 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11516 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11517 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11518 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11519 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11520 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11521 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11522 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11523 /*NumParams=*/0, 11524 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11525 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11526 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11527 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11528 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11529 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11530 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11531 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11532 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11533 EST_None, 11534 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11535 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11536 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11537 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11538 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11539 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11540 Loc, Loc, D), 11541 DS.getAttributes(), 11542 SourceLocation()); 11543 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11544 11545 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11546 11547 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11548 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11549 11550 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11551 FD->setImplicit(); 11552 11553 CurContext = PrevDC; 11554 11555 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11556 11557 return FD; 11558 } 11559 11560 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11561 /// the declaration of this function. 11562 /// 11563 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11564 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11565 /// like NSLog or printf. 11566 /// 11567 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11568 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11569 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11570 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11571 return; 11572 11573 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11574 // actual attributes. 11575 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11576 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11577 unsigned FormatIdx; 11578 bool HasVAListArg; 11579 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11580 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11581 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11582 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11583 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11584 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11585 fmt = "NSString"; 11586 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11587 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11588 FormatIdx+1, 11589 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11590 FD->getLocation())); 11591 } 11592 } 11593 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11594 HasVAListArg)) { 11595 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11596 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11597 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11598 FormatIdx+1, 11599 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11600 FD->getLocation())); 11601 } 11602 11603 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11604 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11605 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11606 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11607 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11608 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11609 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11610 } 11611 11612 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11613 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11614 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11615 FD->getLocation())); 11616 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11617 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11618 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11619 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11620 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 11621 Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11622 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11623 // Assign appropriate attribute depending on CUDA compilation 11624 // mode and the target builtin belongs to. E.g. during host 11625 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, the rest are __host__. 11626 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11627 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11628 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11629 else 11630 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11631 } 11632 } 11633 11634 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 11635 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 11636 // across. 11637 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 11638 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11639 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11640 11641 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11642 if (!Name) 11643 return; 11644 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11645 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11646 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11647 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11648 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11649 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11650 // about. 11651 } else 11652 return; 11653 11654 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11655 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11656 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11657 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11658 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11659 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11660 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11661 FD->getLocation())); 11662 } 11663 11664 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11665 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11666 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11667 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11668 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11669 FD->getLocation())); 11670 } 11671 } 11672 11673 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11674 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11675 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11676 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11677 11678 if (!TInfo) { 11679 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11680 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11681 } 11682 11683 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11684 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11685 D.getLocStart(), 11686 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11687 D.getIdentifier(), 11688 TInfo); 11689 11690 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11691 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11692 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11693 return NewTD; 11694 } 11695 11696 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11697 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11698 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11699 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11700 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11701 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11702 else 11703 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11704 } 11705 11706 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11707 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11708 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11709 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11710 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11711 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11712 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11713 case TST_enum: 11714 case TST_struct: 11715 case TST_interface: 11716 case TST_union: 11717 case TST_class: { 11718 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11719 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11720 break; 11721 } 11722 11723 default: 11724 break; 11725 } 11726 11727 return NewTD; 11728 } 11729 11730 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11731 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11732 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11733 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11734 11735 if (T->isDependentType()) 11736 return false; 11737 11738 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11739 if (BT->isInteger()) 11740 return false; 11741 11742 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11743 return true; 11744 } 11745 11746 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11747 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11748 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 11749 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11750 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11751 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11752 11753 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11754 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11755 << Prev->isScoped(); 11756 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11757 return true; 11758 } 11759 11760 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11761 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11762 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11763 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11764 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11765 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11766 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11767 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11768 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11769 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11770 return true; 11771 } 11772 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 11773 ; 11774 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 11775 ; 11776 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11777 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11778 << Prev->isFixed(); 11779 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11780 return true; 11781 } 11782 11783 return false; 11784 } 11785 11786 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11787 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11788 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11789 /// 11790 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11791 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11792 switch (Tag) { 11793 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11794 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11795 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11796 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11797 } 11798 } 11799 11800 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11801 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11802 /// 11803 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11804 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11805 { 11806 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11807 } 11808 11809 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11810 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11811 /// 11812 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11813 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11814 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11815 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11816 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11817 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11818 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11819 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11820 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11821 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11822 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11823 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11824 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11825 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11826 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11827 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11828 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11829 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11830 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11831 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11832 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11833 return true; 11834 11835 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11836 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11837 bool isTemplate = false; 11838 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11839 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11840 11841 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11842 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11843 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11844 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11845 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11846 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11847 return true; 11848 } 11849 11850 if (isDefinition) { 11851 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11852 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11853 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11854 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11855 return true; 11856 } 11857 11858 bool previousMismatch = false; 11859 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11860 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11861 if (!previousMismatch) { 11862 previousMismatch = true; 11863 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11864 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11865 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11866 } 11867 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11868 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11869 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11870 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11871 } 11872 } 11873 return true; 11874 } 11875 11876 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11877 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11878 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11879 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11880 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11881 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11882 return true; 11883 } 11884 11885 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11886 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11887 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11888 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11889 11890 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11891 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11892 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11893 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11894 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11895 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11896 } 11897 11898 return true; 11899 } 11900 return false; 11901 } 11902 11903 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11904 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11905 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11906 /// namespace N { 11907 /// struct X; 11908 /// namespace M { 11909 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11910 /// } 11911 /// } 11912 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11913 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11914 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11915 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11916 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11917 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11918 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11919 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11920 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11921 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11922 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11923 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11924 return FixItHint(); 11925 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11926 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11927 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11928 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11929 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11930 break; 11931 } 11932 11933 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11934 // build an NNS. 11935 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11936 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11937 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11938 OS << "::"; 11939 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11940 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11941 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11942 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11943 } 11944 11945 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11946 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11947 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11948 /// using-declaration). 11949 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11950 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11951 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11952 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11953 11954 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11955 return true; 11956 11957 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11958 // encloses the other). 11959 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11960 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11961 return true; 11962 11963 return false; 11964 } 11965 11966 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 11967 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 11968 /// nothing. 11969 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11970 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11971 DC = DC->getParent(); 11972 return DC; 11973 } 11974 11975 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 11976 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 11977 /// nothing. 11978 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 11979 while (S->isClassScope() || 11980 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 11981 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11982 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11983 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11984 S = S->getParent(); 11985 return S; 11986 } 11987 11988 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11989 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11990 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11991 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11992 /// 11993 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11994 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11995 /// 11996 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11997 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11998 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11999 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12000 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12001 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12002 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12003 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12004 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12005 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12006 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12007 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12008 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12009 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12010 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12011 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12012 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12013 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12014 12015 OwnedDecl = false; 12016 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12017 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12018 12019 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12020 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12021 bool Invalid = false; 12022 12023 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12024 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12025 // for non-C++ cases. 12026 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12027 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12028 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12029 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12030 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12031 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12032 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12033 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12034 return nullptr; 12035 } 12036 12037 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12038 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12039 // be a member of another template). 12040 12041 if (Invalid) 12042 return nullptr; 12043 12044 OwnedDecl = false; 12045 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12046 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12047 TemplateParams, AS, 12048 ModulePrivateLoc, 12049 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12050 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12051 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12052 SkipBody); 12053 return Result.get(); 12054 } else { 12055 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12056 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12057 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12058 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12059 } 12060 } 12061 } 12062 12063 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12064 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12065 // redeclaration. 12066 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12067 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12068 12069 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12070 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12071 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12072 // type, default to int. 12073 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12074 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12075 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12076 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12077 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12078 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12079 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12080 12081 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12082 // Recover by falling back to int. 12083 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12084 12085 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12086 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12087 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12088 12089 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12090 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12091 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12092 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12093 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12094 } 12095 } 12096 } 12097 12098 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12099 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12100 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12101 12102 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12103 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12104 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12105 12106 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12107 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12108 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12109 12110 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12111 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12112 Name = nullptr; 12113 goto CreateNewDecl; 12114 } 12115 12116 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12117 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12118 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12119 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12120 if (!DC) { 12121 IsDependent = true; 12122 return nullptr; 12123 } 12124 } else { 12125 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12126 if (!DC) { 12127 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12128 << SS.getRange(); 12129 return nullptr; 12130 } 12131 } 12132 12133 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12134 return nullptr; 12135 12136 SearchDC = DC; 12137 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12138 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12139 12140 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12141 return nullptr; 12142 12143 if (Previous.empty()) { 12144 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12145 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12146 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12147 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12148 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12149 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12150 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12151 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12152 IsDependent = true; 12153 return nullptr; 12154 } 12155 12156 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12157 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12158 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12159 Name = nullptr; 12160 Invalid = true; 12161 goto CreateNewDecl; 12162 } 12163 } else if (Name) { 12164 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12165 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12166 // name different from T: 12167 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12168 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12169 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12170 return nullptr; 12171 12172 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12173 // declaration or definition. 12174 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12175 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12176 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12177 LookupName(Previous, S); 12178 12179 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12180 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12181 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12182 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12183 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12184 while (F.hasNext()) { 12185 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12186 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 12187 F.erase(); 12188 } 12189 F.done(); 12190 } 12191 12192 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12193 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12194 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12195 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12196 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12197 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12198 // 12199 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12200 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12201 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12202 // 12203 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12204 // semantic context? 12205 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12206 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12207 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12208 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12209 while (F.hasNext()) { 12210 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12211 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12212 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12213 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12214 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12215 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12216 else 12217 F.erase(); 12218 } 12219 } 12220 F.done(); 12221 12222 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12223 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12224 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12225 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12226 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12227 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12228 } 12229 } 12230 12231 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12232 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12233 return nullptr; 12234 12235 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12236 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12237 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12238 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12239 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12240 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12241 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12242 } 12243 } 12244 12245 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12246 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12247 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12248 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12249 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12250 Previous.clear(); 12251 } 12252 12253 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12254 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12255 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12256 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12257 12258 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12259 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12260 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12261 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12262 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12263 } 12264 } 12265 12266 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12267 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12268 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12269 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12270 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12271 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12272 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12273 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12274 12275 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12276 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12277 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12278 // 12279 // class-key identifier 12280 // 12281 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12282 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12283 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12284 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12285 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12286 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12287 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12288 // declaration. 12289 // 12290 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12291 // C structs and unions. 12292 // 12293 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12294 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12295 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12296 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12297 // 12298 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12299 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12300 // 12301 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12302 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12303 // lexical context, 12304 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12305 12306 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12307 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12308 } else { 12309 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12310 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12311 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12312 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12313 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12314 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12315 } 12316 12317 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12318 // diagnose some problems. 12319 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12320 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12321 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12322 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12323 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12324 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12325 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12326 } else { 12327 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12328 LookupName(Previous, S); 12329 } 12330 } 12331 12332 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12333 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12334 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12335 12336 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12337 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12338 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12339 12340 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12341 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12342 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12343 // in C++. 12344 // 12345 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12346 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12347 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12348 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12349 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12350 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12351 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12352 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12353 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12354 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12355 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12356 PrevDecl = Tag; 12357 Previous.clear(); 12358 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12359 Previous.resolveKind(); 12360 } 12361 } 12362 } 12363 } 12364 12365 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12366 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12367 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12368 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12369 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12370 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12371 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12372 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12373 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12374 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12375 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12376 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12377 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12378 << 0; 12379 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12380 Previous.clear(); 12381 goto CreateNewDecl; 12382 } 12383 } 12384 12385 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12386 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12387 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12388 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12389 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12390 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12391 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12392 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12393 // struct or something similar. 12394 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12395 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12396 Name)) { 12397 bool SafeToContinue 12398 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12399 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12400 if (SafeToContinue) 12401 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12402 << Name 12403 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12404 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12405 else 12406 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12407 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12408 12409 if (SafeToContinue) 12410 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12411 else { 12412 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12413 Name = nullptr; 12414 Previous.clear(); 12415 Invalid = true; 12416 } 12417 } 12418 12419 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12420 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12421 12422 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12423 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12424 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12425 if (ScopedEnum) 12426 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12427 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12428 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12429 return PrevTagDecl; 12430 } 12431 12432 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12433 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12434 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12435 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12436 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12437 12438 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12439 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12440 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12441 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12442 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12443 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12444 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12445 } 12446 12447 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12448 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12449 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12450 // and then later defined. 12451 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12452 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12453 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12454 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12455 } 12456 12457 if (!Invalid) { 12458 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12459 // we have attributes. 12460 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12461 if (Attr) { 12462 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 12463 // declaration to hold them. 12464 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 12465 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 12466 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 12467 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 12468 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 12469 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 12470 SS.isEmpty()) { 12471 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 12472 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 12473 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 12474 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 12475 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 12476 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 12477 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 12478 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 12479 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12480 return PrevTagDecl; 12481 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 12482 // that scope. 12483 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12484 } else { 12485 return PrevTagDecl; 12486 } 12487 } 12488 12489 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12490 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12491 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12492 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12493 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12494 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12495 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12496 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12497 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12498 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12499 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12500 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12501 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12502 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12503 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12504 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12505 } 12506 12507 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12508 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12509 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12510 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12511 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12512 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12513 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12514 // use it in place of this one. 12515 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12516 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12517 return Def; 12518 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12519 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12520 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12521 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12522 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12523 else 12524 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12525 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12526 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12527 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12528 // references get the previous definition. 12529 Name = nullptr; 12530 Previous.clear(); 12531 Invalid = true; 12532 } 12533 } else { 12534 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12535 // about a nested redefinition. 12536 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12537 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12538 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12539 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12540 diag::note_previous_definition); 12541 Name = nullptr; 12542 Previous.clear(); 12543 Invalid = true; 12544 } 12545 } 12546 12547 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12548 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12549 } 12550 12551 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12552 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12553 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12554 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12555 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12556 AS = AS_none; 12557 } 12558 } 12559 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12560 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12561 12562 } else { 12563 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12564 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12565 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12566 // have distinct types. 12567 Previous.clear(); 12568 } 12569 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12570 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12571 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12572 12573 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12574 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12575 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12576 } else { 12577 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12578 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12579 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12580 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12581 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12582 unsigned Kind = 0; 12583 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12584 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12585 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12586 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12587 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12588 Invalid = true; 12589 12590 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12591 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12592 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12593 // do nothing 12594 12595 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12596 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12597 unsigned Kind = 0; 12598 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12599 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12600 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12601 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12602 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12603 Invalid = true; 12604 12605 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12606 // case here. 12607 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12608 unsigned Kind = 0; 12609 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12610 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12611 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12612 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12613 Invalid = true; 12614 12615 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12616 } else { 12617 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12618 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12619 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12620 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12621 Name = nullptr; 12622 Invalid = true; 12623 } 12624 12625 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12626 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12627 Previous.clear(); 12628 } 12629 } 12630 12631 CreateNewDecl: 12632 12633 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12634 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12635 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12636 12637 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12638 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12639 // keyword. 12640 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12641 12642 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12643 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12644 // PrevDecl. 12645 TagDecl *New; 12646 12647 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12648 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12649 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12650 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12651 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12652 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12653 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12654 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12655 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12656 TagDecl *Def; 12657 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12658 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12659 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12660 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12661 } 12662 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12663 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12664 << New; 12665 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12666 } else { 12667 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12668 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12669 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12670 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12671 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12672 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12673 12674 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12675 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12676 // the declaration context. 12677 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12678 IsForwardReference = true; 12679 } 12680 } 12681 12682 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12683 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12684 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12685 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12686 else 12687 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12688 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12689 } 12690 } else { 12691 // struct/union/class 12692 12693 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12694 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12695 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12696 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12697 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12698 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12699 12700 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12701 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12702 } else 12703 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12704 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12705 } 12706 12707 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12708 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12709 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12710 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12711 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12712 Invalid = true; 12713 } 12714 12715 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12716 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12717 if (SS.isSet()) { 12718 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12719 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12720 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12721 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12722 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12723 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12724 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12725 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12726 Invalid = true; 12727 12728 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12729 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12730 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12731 } 12732 } 12733 else 12734 Invalid = true; 12735 } 12736 12737 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12738 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12739 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12740 // 12741 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12742 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12743 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12744 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12745 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12746 // parsing of the struct). 12747 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12748 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12749 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12750 } 12751 } 12752 12753 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12754 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12755 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12756 << 2 12757 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12758 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12759 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12760 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12761 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12762 New->setModulePrivate(); 12763 } 12764 12765 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12766 // check the specialization. 12767 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12768 Invalid = true; 12769 12770 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12771 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12772 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12773 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12774 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12776 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12777 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12778 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12779 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12780 << Name; 12781 Invalid = true; 12782 } 12783 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 12784 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12785 } 12786 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12787 } 12788 12789 if (Invalid) 12790 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12791 12792 if (Attr) 12793 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12794 12795 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12796 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12797 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12798 12799 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12800 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12801 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12802 // the tag name visible. 12803 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12804 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12805 12806 // Set the access specifier. 12807 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12808 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12809 12810 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12811 New->startDefinition(); 12812 12813 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12814 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12815 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12816 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12817 if (PrevDecl) 12818 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12819 12820 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12821 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12822 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12823 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12824 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12825 } else if (Name) { 12826 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12827 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12828 if (IsForwardReference) 12829 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12830 } else { 12831 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12832 } 12833 12834 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12835 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12836 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12837 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12838 II->isStr("FILE")) 12839 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12840 12841 if (PrevDecl) 12842 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12843 12844 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12845 // record. 12846 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12847 12848 OwnedDecl = true; 12849 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12850 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12851 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12852 } 12853 12854 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12855 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12856 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12857 12858 // Enter the tag context. 12859 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12860 12861 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12862 12863 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12864 // record. 12865 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12866 } 12867 12868 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12869 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12870 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12871 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12872 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12873 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12874 CurContext = OCD; 12875 return IDecl; 12876 } 12877 12878 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12879 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12880 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12881 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12882 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12883 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12884 12885 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12886 12887 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12888 return; 12889 12890 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12891 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12892 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12893 12894 // C++ [class]p2: 12895 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12896 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12897 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12898 // as if it were a public member name. 12899 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12900 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12901 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12902 Record->getIdentifier(), 12903 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12904 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12905 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12906 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12907 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12908 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12909 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12910 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12911 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12912 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12913 } 12914 12915 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12916 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12917 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12918 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12919 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12920 12921 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12922 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12923 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12924 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12925 RD->completeDefinition(); 12926 } 12927 12928 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12929 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12930 12931 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12932 PopDeclContext(); 12933 12934 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12935 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12936 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12937 12938 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12939 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12940 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12941 } 12942 12943 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12944 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12945 PopDeclContext(); 12946 } 12947 12948 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12949 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12950 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12951 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12952 } 12953 12954 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12955 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12956 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12957 } 12958 12959 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12960 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12961 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12962 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12963 12964 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12965 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12966 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12967 RD->completeDefinition(); 12968 } 12969 12970 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12971 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12972 // the FieldCollector. 12973 12974 PopDeclContext(); 12975 } 12976 12977 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12978 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12979 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12980 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12981 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12982 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12983 if (ZeroWidth) 12984 *ZeroWidth = true; 12985 12986 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12987 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12988 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12989 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12990 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12991 return ExprError(); 12992 if (FieldName) 12993 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12994 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12995 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12996 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12997 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12998 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12999 return ExprError(); 13000 13001 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13002 // it now. 13003 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13004 return BitWidth; 13005 13006 llvm::APSInt Value; 13007 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13008 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13009 return ICE; 13010 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13011 13012 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13013 *ZeroWidth = false; 13014 13015 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13016 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13017 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13018 13019 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13020 if (FieldName) 13021 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13022 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13023 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13024 << Value.toString(10); 13025 } 13026 13027 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13028 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13029 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13030 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13031 13032 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13033 // ABI. 13034 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13035 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13036 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13037 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13038 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13039 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13040 unsigned DiagWidth = 13041 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13042 if (FieldName) 13043 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13044 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13045 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13046 13047 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13048 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13049 << DiagWidth; 13050 } 13051 13052 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13053 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13054 // 'bool'. 13055 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13056 if (FieldName) 13057 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13058 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13059 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13060 else 13061 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13062 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13063 } 13064 } 13065 13066 return BitWidth; 13067 } 13068 13069 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13070 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13071 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13072 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13073 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13074 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13075 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13076 return Res; 13077 } 13078 13079 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13080 /// 13081 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13082 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13083 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13084 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13085 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13086 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13087 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13088 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13089 13090 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13091 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13092 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13093 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13094 13095 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13096 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13097 D.setInvalidType(); 13098 T = Context.IntTy; 13099 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13100 } 13101 } 13102 13103 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13104 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13105 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13106 D.setInvalidType(); 13107 } 13108 13109 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 13110 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 13111 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 13112 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 13113 D.setInvalidType(); 13114 } 13115 13116 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13117 13118 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13119 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13120 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13121 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13122 13123 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13124 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13125 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13126 LookupName(Previous, S); 13127 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13128 case LookupResult::Found: 13129 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13130 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13131 break; 13132 13133 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13134 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13135 break; 13136 13137 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13138 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13139 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13140 break; 13141 } 13142 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13143 13144 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13145 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13146 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13147 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13148 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13149 } 13150 13151 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13152 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13153 13154 bool Mutable 13155 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13156 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13157 FieldDecl *NewFD 13158 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13159 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13160 13161 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13162 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13163 13164 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13165 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13166 13167 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13168 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13169 // with the same name in the same scope. 13170 } else if (II) { 13171 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13172 } else 13173 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13174 13175 return NewFD; 13176 } 13177 13178 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13179 /// 13180 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13181 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13182 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13183 /// created. 13184 /// 13185 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13186 /// 13187 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13188 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13189 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13190 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13191 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13192 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13193 SourceLocation TSSL, 13194 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13195 Declarator *D) { 13196 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13197 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13198 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13199 13200 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13201 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13202 if (T.isNull()) { 13203 InvalidDecl = true; 13204 T = Context.IntTy; 13205 } 13206 13207 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13208 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13209 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13210 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13211 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13212 InvalidDecl = true; 13213 } else { 13214 NamedDecl *Def; 13215 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13216 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13217 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13218 InvalidDecl = true; 13219 } 13220 } 13221 } 13222 13223 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13224 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13225 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13226 InvalidDecl = true; 13227 } 13228 13229 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13230 // than a variably modified type. 13231 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13232 bool SizeIsNegative; 13233 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13234 13235 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13236 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13237 SizeIsNegative, 13238 Oversized); 13239 if (FixedTInfo) { 13240 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13241 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13242 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13243 } else { 13244 if (SizeIsNegative) 13245 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13246 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13247 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13248 << Oversized.toString(10); 13249 else 13250 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13251 InvalidDecl = true; 13252 } 13253 } 13254 13255 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13256 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13257 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13258 AbstractFieldType)) 13259 InvalidDecl = true; 13260 13261 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13262 if (InvalidDecl) 13263 BitWidth = nullptr; 13264 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13265 if (BitWidth) { 13266 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13267 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13268 if (!BitWidth) { 13269 InvalidDecl = true; 13270 BitWidth = nullptr; 13271 ZeroWidth = false; 13272 } 13273 } 13274 13275 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13276 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13277 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13278 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13279 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13280 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13281 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13282 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13283 13284 if (DiagID) { 13285 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13286 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13287 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13288 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13289 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13290 Mutable = false; 13291 InvalidDecl = true; 13292 } 13293 } 13294 } 13295 13296 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13297 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13298 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13299 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13300 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13301 13302 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13303 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13304 if (InvalidDecl) 13305 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13306 13307 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13308 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13309 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13310 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13311 } 13312 13313 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13314 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13315 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13316 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13317 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13318 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13319 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13320 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13321 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13322 // objects. 13323 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13324 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13325 } 13326 } 13327 13328 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13329 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13330 // enabled. 13331 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13332 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13333 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13334 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13335 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13336 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13337 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13338 } 13339 } 13340 } 13341 13342 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13343 // representation, not a parser representation. 13344 if (D) { 13345 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13346 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13347 13348 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13349 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13350 } 13351 13352 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13353 // retainable type. 13354 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13355 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13356 13357 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13358 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13359 13360 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13361 return NewFD; 13362 } 13363 13364 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13365 assert(FD); 13366 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13367 13368 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13369 return false; 13370 13371 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13372 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13373 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13374 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13375 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13376 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13377 // copy constructors. 13378 13379 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13380 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13381 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13382 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13383 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13384 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13385 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13386 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13387 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13388 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13389 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13390 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13391 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13392 member = CXXDestructor; 13393 13394 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13395 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13396 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13397 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13398 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13399 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13400 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13401 // members unavailable. 13402 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13403 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13404 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13405 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13406 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13407 return false; 13408 } 13409 } 13410 13411 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13412 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13413 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13414 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13415 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13416 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13417 } 13418 } 13419 } 13420 13421 return false; 13422 } 13423 13424 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13425 /// AST enum value. 13426 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13427 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13428 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13429 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13430 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13431 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13432 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13433 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13434 } 13435 } 13436 13437 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13438 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13439 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13440 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13441 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13442 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13443 13444 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13445 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13446 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13447 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13448 13449 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13450 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13451 13452 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13453 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13454 13455 if (BitWidth) { 13456 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13457 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13458 if (!BitWidth) 13459 D.setInvalidType(); 13460 } else { 13461 // Not a bitfield. 13462 13463 // validate II. 13464 13465 } 13466 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13467 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13468 D.setInvalidType(); 13469 } 13470 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13471 // than a variably modified type. 13472 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13473 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13474 D.setInvalidType(); 13475 } 13476 13477 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13478 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13479 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13480 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13481 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13482 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13483 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13484 return nullptr; 13485 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13486 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13487 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13488 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13489 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13490 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13491 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13492 } 13493 else 13494 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13495 } else { 13496 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13497 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13498 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13499 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13500 return nullptr; 13501 } 13502 } 13503 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13504 } 13505 13506 // Construct the decl. 13507 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13508 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13509 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13510 13511 if (II) { 13512 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13513 ForRedeclaration); 13514 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13515 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13516 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13517 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13518 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13519 } 13520 } 13521 13522 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13523 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13524 13525 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13526 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13527 13528 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13529 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13530 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13531 13532 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13533 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13534 13535 if (II) { 13536 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13537 // these to the interface. 13538 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13539 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13540 } 13541 13542 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13543 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13544 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13545 13546 return NewID; 13547 } 13548 13549 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13550 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13551 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13552 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13553 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13554 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13555 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13556 return; 13557 13558 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13559 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13560 13561 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13562 return; 13563 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13564 if (!ID) { 13565 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13566 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13567 return; 13568 } 13569 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13570 else 13571 return; 13572 } 13573 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13574 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13575 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13576 13577 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13578 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13579 Context.CharTy, 13580 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13581 DeclLoc), 13582 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13583 true); 13584 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13585 } 13586 13587 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13588 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13589 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13590 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13591 13592 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13593 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13594 // it will now change. 13595 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13596 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13597 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13598 default: break; 13599 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13600 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13601 break; 13602 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13603 Context. 13604 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13605 break; 13606 } 13607 } 13608 13609 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13610 13611 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13612 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13613 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13614 if (Record) { 13615 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13616 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13617 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13618 ++NumNamedMembers; 13619 } 13620 } 13621 13622 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13623 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13624 13625 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13626 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13627 i != end; ++i) { 13628 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13629 13630 // Get the type for the field. 13631 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13632 13633 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13634 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13635 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13636 } 13637 13638 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13639 // diagnostics about it. 13640 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13641 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13642 continue; 13643 } 13644 13645 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13646 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13647 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13648 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13649 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13650 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13651 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13652 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13653 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13654 // array. 13655 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13656 // Field declared as a function. 13657 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13658 << FD->getDeclName(); 13659 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13660 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13661 continue; 13662 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13663 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13664 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13665 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13666 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13667 // Flexible array member. 13668 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13669 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13670 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13671 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13672 if (Record->isUnion()) 13673 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13674 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13675 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13676 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13677 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13678 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13679 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13680 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13681 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13682 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13683 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13684 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13685 : 0; 13686 13687 if (DiagID) 13688 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13689 << Record->getTagKind(); 13690 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13691 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13692 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13693 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13694 // of the type. 13695 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13696 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13697 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13698 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13699 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13700 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13701 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13702 13703 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13704 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13705 // 13706 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13707 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13708 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13709 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13710 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13711 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13712 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13713 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13714 continue; 13715 } 13716 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13717 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13718 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13719 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13720 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13721 // Incomplete type 13722 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13723 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13724 continue; 13725 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13726 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13727 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13728 // flexible array member. 13729 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13730 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13731 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13732 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13733 // structures. 13734 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13735 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13736 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13737 else { 13738 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13739 // other structs as an extension. 13740 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13741 << FD->getDeclName(); 13742 } 13743 } 13744 } 13745 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13746 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13747 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13748 AbstractIvarType)) { 13749 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13750 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13751 } 13752 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13753 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13754 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13755 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13756 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13757 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13758 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13759 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13760 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13761 FD->setType(T); 13762 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13763 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13764 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13765 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13766 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13767 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13768 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13769 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13770 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13771 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13772 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13773 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13774 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13775 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13776 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 13777 } 13778 } else { 13779 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13780 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13781 } 13782 ARCErrReported = true; 13783 } 13784 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13785 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13786 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13787 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13788 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13789 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13790 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13791 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13792 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13793 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13794 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13795 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13796 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13797 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13798 } 13799 } 13800 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13801 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13802 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13803 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13804 ++NumNamedMembers; 13805 } 13806 13807 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13808 if (Record) { 13809 bool Completed = false; 13810 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13811 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13812 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13813 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13814 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13815 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13816 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13817 13818 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13819 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13820 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13821 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13822 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13823 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13824 } 13825 13826 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13827 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13828 13829 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13830 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13831 // problem now. 13832 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13833 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13834 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13835 13836 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13837 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13838 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13839 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13840 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13841 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13842 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13843 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13844 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13845 continue; 13846 13847 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13848 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13849 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13850 // program is ill-formed. 13851 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13852 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13853 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13854 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13855 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13856 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13857 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13858 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13859 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13860 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13861 13862 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13863 } 13864 } 13865 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13866 Completed = true; 13867 } 13868 } 13869 } 13870 } 13871 13872 if (!Completed) 13873 Record->completeDefinition(); 13874 13875 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13876 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13877 13878 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13879 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13880 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13881 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13882 } 13883 13884 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13885 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13886 // compatibility problems. 13887 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13888 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13889 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13890 } else { 13891 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13892 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13893 CheckForZeroSize = 13894 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13895 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13896 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13897 } 13898 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13899 bool ZeroSize = true; 13900 bool IsEmpty = true; 13901 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13902 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13903 E = Record->field_end(); 13904 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13905 IsEmpty = false; 13906 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13907 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13908 ZeroSize = false; 13909 } else { 13910 ++NonBitFields; 13911 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13912 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13913 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13914 ZeroSize = false; 13915 } 13916 } 13917 13918 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13919 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13920 // extern "C" block. 13921 if (ZeroSize) { 13922 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13923 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13924 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13925 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13926 } 13927 13928 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13929 // but are accepted by GCC. 13930 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13931 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13932 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13933 << Record->isUnion(); 13934 } 13935 } 13936 } else { 13937 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13938 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13939 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13940 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13941 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13942 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13943 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13944 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13945 } 13946 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13947 // duplicates. 13948 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13949 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13950 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13951 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13952 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13953 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13954 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13955 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13956 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13957 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13958 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13959 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13960 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13961 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13962 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13963 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13964 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13965 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13966 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13967 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13968 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13969 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13970 if (IDecl) { 13971 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13972 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13973 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13974 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13975 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13976 continue; 13977 } 13978 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13979 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13980 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13981 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13982 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13983 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13984 continue; 13985 } 13986 } 13987 } 13988 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13989 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13990 } 13991 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13992 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13993 } 13994 } 13995 13996 if (Attr) 13997 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13998 } 13999 14000 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14001 /// the given type T. 14002 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14003 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14004 QualType T) { 14005 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14006 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14007 14008 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14009 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14010 --BitWidth; 14011 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14012 } 14013 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14014 } 14015 14016 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14017 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14018 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14019 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14020 // enum checking below. 14021 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14022 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14023 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14024 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14025 }; 14026 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14027 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14028 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14029 }; 14030 14031 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14032 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14033 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14034 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14035 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14036 return Types[I]; 14037 14038 return QualType(); 14039 } 14040 14041 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14042 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14043 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14044 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14045 Expr *Val) { 14046 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14047 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14048 QualType EltTy; 14049 14050 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14051 Val = nullptr; 14052 14053 if (Val) 14054 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14055 14056 if (Val) { 14057 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14058 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14059 else { 14060 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14061 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14062 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14063 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14064 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14065 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14066 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14067 ExprResult Converted = 14068 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14069 CCEK_Enumerator); 14070 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14071 Val = nullptr; 14072 else 14073 Val = Converted.get(); 14074 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14075 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14076 &EnumVal).get())) { 14077 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14078 } else { 14079 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14080 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14081 14082 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14083 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14084 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14085 // expression checking. 14086 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14087 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14088 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14089 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14090 } else 14091 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14092 } else 14093 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14094 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14095 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14096 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14097 // is the type of its initializing value: 14098 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14099 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14100 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14101 } else { 14102 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14103 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14104 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14105 // representable as an int. 14106 14107 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14108 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14109 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14110 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14111 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14112 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14113 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14114 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14115 } 14116 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14117 } 14118 } 14119 } 14120 } 14121 14122 if (!Val) { 14123 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14124 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14125 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14126 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14127 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14128 // is the type of its initializing value: 14129 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14130 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14131 // 14132 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14133 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14134 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14135 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14136 } 14137 else { 14138 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14139 } 14140 } else { 14141 // Assign the last value + 1. 14142 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14143 ++EnumVal; 14144 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14145 14146 // Check for overflow on increment. 14147 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14148 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14149 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14150 // is the type of its initializing value: 14151 // 14152 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14153 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14154 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14155 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14156 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14157 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14158 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14159 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14160 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14161 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14162 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14163 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14164 ++EnumVal; 14165 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14166 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14167 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14168 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14169 << EltTy; 14170 else 14171 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14172 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14173 } else { 14174 EltTy = T; 14175 } 14176 14177 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14178 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14179 // value, then increment. 14180 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14181 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14182 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14183 ++EnumVal; 14184 14185 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14186 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14187 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14188 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14189 // integral type. 14190 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14191 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14192 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14193 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14194 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14195 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14196 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14197 } 14198 } 14199 } 14200 14201 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14202 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14203 // enumerator's type. 14204 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14205 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14206 } 14207 14208 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14209 Val, EnumVal); 14210 } 14211 14212 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14213 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14214 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14215 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14216 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14217 14218 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14219 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14220 // skip the body. 14221 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14222 ForRedeclaration); 14223 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14224 if (!PrevECD) 14225 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14226 14227 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14228 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14229 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14230 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14231 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14232 return Skip; 14233 } 14234 14235 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14236 } 14237 14238 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14239 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14240 AttributeList *Attr, 14241 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14242 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14243 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14244 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14245 14246 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14247 // we find one that is. 14248 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14249 14250 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14251 // scope. 14252 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14253 ForRedeclaration); 14254 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14255 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14256 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14257 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14258 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14259 } 14260 14261 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14262 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14263 // different from T: 14264 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14265 // enumerated type 14266 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14267 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14268 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14269 14270 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14271 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14272 if (!New) 14273 return nullptr; 14274 14275 if (PrevDecl) { 14276 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14277 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14278 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14279 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14280 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14281 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14282 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14283 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14284 else 14285 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14286 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14287 return nullptr; 14288 } 14289 } 14290 14291 // Process attributes. 14292 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14293 14294 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14295 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14296 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14297 14298 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14299 14300 return New; 14301 } 14302 14303 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14304 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14305 // Element2 = Element1 14306 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14307 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14308 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14309 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14310 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14311 if (!InitExpr) 14312 return true; 14313 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14314 14315 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14316 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14317 return true; 14318 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14319 if (!IL) 14320 return true; 14321 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14322 return true; 14323 14324 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14325 } 14326 14327 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14328 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14329 if (!DRE) 14330 return true; 14331 14332 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14333 if (!EnumConstant) 14334 return true; 14335 14336 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14337 Enum) 14338 return true; 14339 14340 return false; 14341 } 14342 14343 namespace { 14344 struct DupKey { 14345 int64_t val; 14346 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14347 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14348 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14349 }; 14350 14351 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14352 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14353 false); 14354 } 14355 14356 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14357 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14358 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14359 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14360 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14361 } 14362 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14363 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14364 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14365 } 14366 }; 14367 } // end anonymous namespace 14368 14369 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14370 // a previous element has already been set to. 14371 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14372 EnumDecl *Enum, 14373 QualType EnumType) { 14374 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14375 return; 14376 // Avoid anonymous enums 14377 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14378 return; 14379 14380 // Only check for small enums. 14381 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14382 return; 14383 14384 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14385 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14386 14387 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14388 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14389 ValueToVectorMap; 14390 14391 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14392 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14393 14394 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14395 // an initialier. 14396 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14397 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14398 14399 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14400 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14401 if (!ECD) { 14402 return; 14403 } 14404 14405 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14406 continue; 14407 14408 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14409 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14410 14411 // First time encountering this value. 14412 if (Entry.isNull()) 14413 Entry = ECD; 14414 } 14415 14416 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14417 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14418 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14419 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14420 continue; 14421 14422 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14423 14424 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14425 if (Entry.isNull()) 14426 continue; 14427 14428 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14429 // Ensure constants are different. 14430 if (D == ECD) 14431 continue; 14432 14433 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14434 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14435 Vec->push_back(D); 14436 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14437 14438 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14439 Entry = Vec; 14440 14441 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14442 // diagnostics. 14443 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14444 continue; 14445 } 14446 14447 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14448 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14449 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14450 continue; 14451 14452 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14453 } 14454 14455 // Emit diagnostics. 14456 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14457 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14458 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14459 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14460 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14461 14462 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14463 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14464 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14465 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14466 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14467 ++I; 14468 14469 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14470 // the same value. 14471 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14472 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14473 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14474 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14475 delete Vec; 14476 } 14477 } 14478 14479 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14480 bool AllowMask) const { 14481 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14482 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14483 14484 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14485 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14486 14487 if (R.second) { 14488 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14489 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14490 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14491 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14492 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14493 } 14494 } 14495 14496 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14497 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14498 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14499 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14500 // 14501 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14502 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14503 // likely a logic error. 14504 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14505 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14506 } 14507 14508 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14509 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14510 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14511 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14512 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14513 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14514 14515 if (Attr) 14516 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14517 14518 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14519 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14520 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14521 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14522 if (!ECD) continue; 14523 14524 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14525 } 14526 14527 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14528 return; 14529 } 14530 14531 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14532 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14533 // emit a warning. 14534 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14535 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14536 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14537 14538 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14539 // reverse the list. 14540 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14541 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14542 14543 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14544 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14545 14546 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14547 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14548 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14549 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14550 14551 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14552 14553 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14554 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14555 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14556 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14557 else 14558 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14559 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14560 14561 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14562 if (AllElementsInt) 14563 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14564 } 14565 14566 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14567 QualType BestType; 14568 unsigned BestWidth; 14569 14570 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14571 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14572 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14573 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14574 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14575 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14576 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14577 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14578 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14579 QualType BestPromotionType; 14580 14581 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14582 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14583 // enum definitions. 14584 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14585 Packed = true; 14586 14587 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14588 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14589 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14590 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14591 else 14592 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14593 14594 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14595 } 14596 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14597 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14598 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14599 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14600 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14601 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14602 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14603 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14604 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14605 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14606 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14607 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14608 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14609 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14610 } else { 14611 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14612 14613 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14614 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14615 } else { 14616 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14617 14618 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14619 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14620 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14621 } 14622 } 14623 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14624 } else { 14625 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14626 // all of the enumerator values. 14627 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14628 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14629 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14630 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14631 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14632 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14633 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14634 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14635 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14636 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14637 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14638 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14639 BestPromotionType 14640 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14641 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14642 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14643 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14644 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14645 BestPromotionType 14646 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14647 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14648 } else { 14649 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14650 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14651 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14652 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14653 BestPromotionType 14654 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14655 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14656 } 14657 } 14658 14659 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14660 // the type of the enum if needed. 14661 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14662 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14663 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14664 14665 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14666 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14667 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14668 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14669 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14670 14671 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14672 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14673 14674 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14675 // the enum decl type. 14676 QualType NewTy; 14677 unsigned NewWidth; 14678 bool NewSign; 14679 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14680 !Enum->isFixed() && 14681 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14682 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14683 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14684 NewSign = true; 14685 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14686 // Already the right type! 14687 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14688 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14689 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14690 // enumeration. 14691 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14692 continue; 14693 } else { 14694 NewTy = BestType; 14695 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14696 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14697 } 14698 14699 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14700 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14701 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14702 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14703 14704 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14705 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14706 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14707 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14708 CK_IntegralCast, 14709 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14710 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14711 VK_RValue)); 14712 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14713 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14714 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14715 // enumeration. 14716 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14717 else 14718 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14719 } 14720 14721 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14722 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14723 14724 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14725 14726 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14727 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14728 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14729 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14730 14731 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14732 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 14733 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14734 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14735 << ECD << Enum; 14736 } 14737 } 14738 14739 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14740 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14741 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14742 } 14743 14744 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14745 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14746 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14747 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14748 14749 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14750 AsmString, StartLoc, 14751 EndLoc); 14752 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14753 return New; 14754 } 14755 14756 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14757 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 14758 bool FromInclude = false) { 14759 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 14760 14761 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14762 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14763 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14764 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 14765 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 14766 break; 14767 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14768 break; 14769 } 14770 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14771 } 14772 14773 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14774 DC = DC->getParent(); 14775 14776 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14777 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 14778 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 14779 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 14780 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14781 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14782 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 14783 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 14784 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 14785 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14786 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14787 } 14788 } 14789 14790 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 14791 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14792 } 14793 14794 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14795 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14796 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14797 Module *Mod = 14798 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14799 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14800 if (!Mod) 14801 return true; 14802 14803 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14804 14805 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14806 14807 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14808 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14809 // silently ignoring the import. 14810 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14811 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().CompilingModule 14812 ? diag::err_module_self_import 14813 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14814 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14815 14816 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14817 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14818 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14819 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14820 // We need the length to be consistent. 14821 if (!ModCheck) 14822 break; 14823 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14824 14825 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14826 } 14827 14828 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14829 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14830 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14831 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14832 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14833 return Import; 14834 } 14835 14836 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14837 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 14838 14839 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14840 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14841 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14842 // 14843 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14844 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14845 TUKind == TU_Module && 14846 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14847 14848 // Similarly, if we're in the implementation of a module, don't 14849 // synthesize an illegal module import. FIXME: Why not? 14850 bool ShouldAddImport = 14851 !IsInModuleIncludes && 14852 (getLangOpts().CompilingModule || 14853 getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() || 14854 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != Mod->getTopLevelModuleName()); 14855 14856 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14857 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14858 if (ShouldAddImport) { 14859 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14860 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14861 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14862 DirectiveLoc); 14863 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14864 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14865 } 14866 14867 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14868 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14869 } 14870 14871 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14872 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14873 14874 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14875 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14876 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14877 } 14878 14879 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14880 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14881 14882 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14883 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14884 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14885 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14886 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 14887 // is now out of date. 14888 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 14889 } 14890 } 14891 14892 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14893 Module *Mod) { 14894 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14895 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14896 return; 14897 14898 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14899 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14900 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14901 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14902 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14903 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14904 14905 // Make the module visible. 14906 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14907 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14908 } 14909 14910 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14911 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14912 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14913 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14914 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14915 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14916 LookupOrdinaryName); 14917 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14918 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14919 14920 // If a declaration that: 14921 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14922 // 2) has external linkage 14923 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14924 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14925 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14926 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14927 else 14928 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14929 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14930 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14931 } else 14932 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14933 } 14934 14935 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14936 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14937 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14938 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14939 14940 if (PrevDecl) { 14941 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14942 } else { 14943 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14944 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14945 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14946 } 14947 } 14948 14949 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14950 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14951 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14952 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14953 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14954 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14955 LookupOrdinaryName); 14956 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14957 14958 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14959 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14960 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14961 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14962 } else { 14963 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14964 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14965 } 14966 } 14967 14968 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14969 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14970 } 14971 14972 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14973 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14974 if (!D) 14975 return AR_Available; 14976 14977 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14978 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14979 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14980 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14981 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14982 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14983 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14984 if (R != AR_Available) 14985 return R; 14986 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14987 } 14988 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14989 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14990 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14991 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14992 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14993 } 14994 // Recover from user error. 14995 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14996 } 14997